1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
208 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
213 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
217 \begin_layout Standard
218 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
235 \begin_layout Standard
237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
249 the format of all of the manuals.
250 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
251 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 \begin_layout Section
272 \begin_layout Standard
273 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
275 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
276 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
278 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
300 \begin_layout Standard
301 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
302 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
303 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
305 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
306 only a vertical scrollbar.
307 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
308 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
309 This, however, is due
310 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
311 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
312 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
313 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
315 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
316 this doesn't work for equations yet.
319 \begin_layout Standard
320 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
328 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
333 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
334 ing sections of this documentation.
337 \begin_layout Section
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
347 of the manuals from inside LyX.
348 Just select the manual you want read from the
355 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
359 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
366 \begin_layout Standard
367 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
368 without resorting to configuration files.
369 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
370 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
371 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
386 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
387 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
388 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
389 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 Reconfiguration of LyX
404 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
407 \begin_layout Section
409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
411 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
418 \begin_layout Standard
419 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
420 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
443 that will be created when using the menu
445 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
465 \begin_inset Note Note
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
469 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
477 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
478 More about TeX Code is described in section
483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
485 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
489 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
496 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
510 Reconfiguration of LyX
518 \begin_layout Chapter
522 \begin_layout Section
523 Basic File Operations
527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 \begin_layout Standard
541 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
542 in addition to some more advanced operations:
545 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_inset Graphics
550 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
558 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_inset Graphics
583 filename ../images/file-open.png
584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
591 \begin_layout Itemize
597 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_inset Graphics
604 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
612 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
646 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_inset Graphics
665 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Standard
680 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
681 a few minor differences.
684 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
699 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
700 you for a template to use.
701 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
702 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
703 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
711 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
718 \begin_layout Standard
720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
743 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
744 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
747 \begin_layout Standard
768 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
773 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
798 will reload the document from disk.
799 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
800 and want to restore it to the last save.
809 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
810 can identify this as your changes.
813 \begin_layout Section
814 Basic Editing Features
818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
827 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
834 \begin_layout Standard
835 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
836 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
837 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
838 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
840 We'll start with cut and paste.
843 \begin_layout Standard
844 As you might expect, the
848 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
849 various other editing features.
850 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
854 \begin_layout Itemize
860 \begin_inset Graphics
861 filename ../images/cut.png
862 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
869 \begin_layout Itemize
875 \begin_inset Graphics
876 filename ../images/copy.png
877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
884 \begin_layout Itemize
890 \begin_inset Graphics
891 filename ../images/paste.png
892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
899 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
919 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_inset Graphics
934 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
943 \begin_layout Standard
944 The first three are self-explanatory.
945 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
946 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
955 keys also functions as the
960 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
961 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
966 to get back the lost text.
969 \begin_layout Standard
973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
979 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
988 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
991 \begin_layout Standard
994 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
999 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 \begin_inset space ~
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1016 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1025 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1026 will start a new paragraph.
1029 \begin_layout Standard
1033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1053 \begin_inset space ~
1057 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1069 \begin_inset space ~
1075 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1080 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1083 \begin_inset space ~
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1097 button to skip the current word.
1101 \begin_inset space ~
1106 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1110 \begin_inset space ~
1115 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1117 If the toggle is set, searching for
1118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1129 will not match the word
1130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1144 Match whole words only
1146 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1174 \begin_layout Standard
1175 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1176 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1178 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1183 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1190 \begin_layout Section
1195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1214 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1221 \begin_layout Standard
1222 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1223 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1226 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1229 or the toolbar button
1230 \begin_inset Graphics
1231 filename ../images/undo.png
1232 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1236 to undo some mistake.
1237 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1239 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1242 ot the toolbar button
1243 \begin_inset Graphics
1244 filename ../images/redo.png
1245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1257 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1261 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1264 \begin_layout Standard
1265 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1266 it was last saved, the
1267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1274 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1275 This is a consequence of the 100
1276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1279 step undo limit, above.
1282 \begin_layout Standard
1291 work on almost everything in LyX.
1292 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1296 \begin_layout Section
1301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1311 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1314 \begin_layout Enumerate
1319 \begin_layout Itemize
1324 once anywhere in the edit window.
1325 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1329 \begin_layout Enumerate
1334 \begin_layout Itemize
1340 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1343 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1346 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1349 \begin_layout Itemize
1350 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1359 \begin_layout Enumerate
1360 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1364 \begin_layout Standard
1369 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1370 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1371 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1375 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 \begin_layout Standard
1385 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1390 \begin_layout Section
1392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1394 name "sec:Navigating"
1402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1415 \begin_layout Itemize
1420 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1421 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1424 \begin_layout Itemize
1427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1430 or the toolbar button
1431 \begin_inset Graphics
1432 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1442 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1449 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1454 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1455 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1456 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1457 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1458 to the document, see
1459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1461 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1468 \begin_layout Standard
1470 \begin_inset space \space{}
1474 \begin_inset Graphics
1475 filename ../images/down.png
1476 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1481 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1486 \begin_inset space \space{}
1490 \begin_inset Graphics
1491 filename ../images/up.png
1492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1497 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1501 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1503 So you can for example move section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1512 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1514 \begin_inset Graphics
1515 filename ../images/promote.png
1516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1521 \begin_inset Graphics
1522 filename ../images/demote.png
1523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1527 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1528 So you can for example make section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1543 \begin_layout Section
1545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1547 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1566 LyX's default is CUA.
1569 \begin_layout Standard
1573 \begin_inset space ~
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1602 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1606 \begin_layout Labeling
1607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1611 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1612 LatexCommand nomenclature
1614 description "Tabulator key"
1620 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1621 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1628 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1635 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1639 , especially section
1640 \begin_inset space ~
1644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1646 reference "sub:Lists"
1652 If you're still confused, look in the
1659 \begin_layout Labeling
1660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1664 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1665 LatexCommand nomenclature
1667 description "Escape key"
1674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1681 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1682 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1685 \begin_layout Labeling
1686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1703 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1704 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 There are three modifier keys:
1712 \begin_layout Labeling
1713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1732 LatexCommand nomenclature
1734 description "Control key"
1738 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1739 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1743 \begin_layout Itemize
1752 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1755 \begin_layout Itemize
1764 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1767 \begin_layout Itemize
1776 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1780 \begin_layout Labeling
1781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1799 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1800 LatexCommand nomenclature
1802 description "Shift key"
1806 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1807 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1810 \begin_layout Labeling
1811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1829 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1830 LatexCommand nomenclature
1832 description "Meta or Alt key"
1836 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1837 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1838 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1844 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1846 menu accelerator keys
1849 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1850 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1854 \begin_layout Standard
1855 For example, the sequence
1856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1862 \begin_inset space ~
1866 \begin_inset space ~
1872 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1903 \begin_inset space ~
1909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1920 There are also other things bound to the
1924 key, but you'll have to check in the
1936 \begin_layout Standard
1937 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1938 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1939 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1940 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1941 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
1942 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1943 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1944 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1960 followed by a capital
1966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1984 \begin_layout Standard
1985 You can list or change the keybindings in the LyX preferences under
1987 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1991 The preferences are opened with the menu
1993 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1999 \begin_layout Chapter
2004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2013 \begin_layout Section
2018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2027 \begin_layout Subsection
2031 \begin_layout Standard
2032 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2033 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2034 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2035 numbering schemes, and so on.
2036 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2037 and format the title of your document differently.
2040 \begin_layout Standard
2045 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2046 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2047 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2048 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2049 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2052 \begin_layout Standard
2053 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2054 how to adjust their properties.
2057 \begin_layout Subsection
2062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2071 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2078 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2082 \begin_layout Standard
2083 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2087 \begin_layout Description
2088 Article for basic articles
2091 \begin_layout Description
2092 Report for basic reports
2095 \begin_layout Description
2096 Book for writing a book
2099 \begin_layout Description
2100 Letter for US-style letters
2103 \begin_layout Standard
2104 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2106 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2107 can be found in chapter
2109 Special Document Classes
2118 \begin_layout Description
2119 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2122 \begin_layout Description
2129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2138 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2142 \begin_layout Description
2143 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2144 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2145 There are three article layouts available.
2146 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2147 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2148 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2149 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2154 sequential numbering
2155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2158 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2159 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2160 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2161 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2164 \begin_layout Description
2165 Beamer Layout for presentations
2168 \begin_layout Description
2169 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2170 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2174 \begin_layout Description
2176 \begin_inset space ~
2179 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2182 \begin_layout Description
2183 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2186 \begin_layout Description
2189 Die TeXnische Komödie
2191 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2194 \begin_layout Description
2195 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2198 \begin_layout Description
2199 Foils Used to make transparencies
2202 \begin_layout Description
2203 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2206 \begin_layout Description
2207 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2208 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2212 \begin_layout Description
2213 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2214 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2217 \begin_layout Description
2218 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2221 \begin_layout Description
2222 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2225 \begin_layout Description
2226 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2227 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2230 \begin_layout Description
2231 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2234 \begin_layout Description
2239 LaTeX document class
2242 \begin_layout Description
2243 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2246 \begin_layout Description
2251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2258 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2259 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2261 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2264 \begin_layout Description
2265 Slides Used to make transparencies
2268 \begin_layout Description
2270 \begin_inset space ~
2273 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2274 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2277 \begin_layout Description
2278 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2281 \begin_layout Description
2286 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2289 \begin_layout Standard
2290 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2292 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2297 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2298 of the document classes.
2301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 You can select a class using the
2308 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2322 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2348 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2350 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2366 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2367 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2368 installed by default.
2369 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2370 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2374 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 Each class has a default set of options.
2380 Here's a quick table describing them:
2383 \begin_layout Standard
2384 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2390 \begin_layout Standard
2392 \begin_inset Tabular
2393 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2395 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2396 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2398 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2399 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 \begin_layout Standard
2854 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2861 You're probably also wondering what
2862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2866 \begin_inset space ~
2870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2874 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2875 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2880 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2885 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2895 headings, there are also
2903 headings, and so on.
2904 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2905 \begin_inset space ~
2909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2911 reference "sub:Headings"
2918 \begin_layout Subsection
2923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2932 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2951 \begin_layout Standard
2952 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2954 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2965 \begin_inset space ~
2970 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2972 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2973 to use for your document.
2974 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2978 \begin_layout Standard
2982 \begin_inset space ~
2991 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2992 You can choose between the following five options:
2995 \begin_layout Labeling
2996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3001 Use default pagestyle of current class.
3004 \begin_layout Labeling
3005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3010 No page numbers or headings.
3013 \begin_layout Labeling
3014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3022 \begin_layout Labeling
3023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3028 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3029 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3030 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3033 \begin_layout Labeling
3034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3039 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3049 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3055 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3056 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3058 Check the documentation for the
3062 package for more details,
3063 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3072 \begin_layout Standard
3077 of paragraphs is described in section
3078 \begin_inset space ~
3082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3084 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3091 \begin_layout Subsection
3092 Paper Size and Orientation
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 Document ! Paper size
3103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3105 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3112 \begin_layout Standard
3113 You'll find the following options in the menu
3116 \begin_inset space ~
3121 of the dialog of the
3123 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 \begin_layout Labeling
3142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3147 What size paper to print on.
3151 \begin_layout Itemize
3157 \begin_layout Itemize
3167 \begin_layout Itemize
3173 \begin_layout Itemize
3179 \begin_layout Itemize
3185 \begin_layout Itemize
3191 \begin_layout Itemize
3197 \begin_layout Labeling
3198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3203 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3214 \begin_layout Labeling
3215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3219 \begin_inset space ~
3224 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3225 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3228 \begin_layout Subsection
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 \begin_layout Standard
3260 Paper margins are set in the menu
3262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 \begin_layout Standard
3281 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3282 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3283 the paper format and the font size into account.
3286 \begin_layout Subsection
3290 \begin_layout Standard
3291 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3296 That includes the paragraph environments.
3297 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3298 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3299 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3300 paragraph environments to
3304 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3305 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3306 the conversion and why it failed.
3309 \begin_layout Section
3310 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3315 Paragraph ! Indentation
3323 \begin_layout Subsection
3325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3327 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3334 \begin_layout Standard
3335 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3336 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3339 \begin_layout Standard
3340 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3341 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3342 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3343 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3347 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3353 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3354 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3355 language than English.
3356 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3360 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3361 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3363 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3364 LyX takes care of that.
3365 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3367 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3368 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3369 of a page, and so on.
3373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3374 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3379 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3380 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3384 of these pre-coded spacings.
3385 We'll explain more later.
3388 \begin_layout Subsection
3389 Paragraph Separation
3393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3394 Paragraph ! Separation
3402 \begin_layout Standard
3403 To separate paragraphs, select
3414 \begin_inset space ~
3421 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3435 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3436 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3439 \begin_layout Standard
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3450 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3451 \begin_inset space ~
3455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3457 reference "cap:Units"
3462 The default length is 30
3463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3469 \begin_layout Subsection
3473 \begin_layout Standard
3474 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3477 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3479 \begin_inset space ~
3484 dialog and toggle the
3487 \begin_inset space ~
3492 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3493 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3494 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3500 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3503 \begin_layout Subsection
3508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3509 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3533 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3536 \begin_inset space ~
3545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3546 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3555 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3560 installed to use this feature.
3568 \begin_layout Section
3569 Paragraph Environments
3573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3574 Paragraph ! Environments
3580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3582 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3591 Paragraph environments|(
3599 \begin_layout Subsection
3603 \begin_layout Standard
3604 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3607 \begin_layout Standard
3626 \begin_inset Newline newline
3629 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3630 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3631 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3640 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 A paragraph environment is simply a
3645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3652 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3653 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3654 scheme, labels, and so on.
3655 Additionally, you can
3656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3663 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3664 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3665 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3666 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3667 days of typewriters.
3668 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3670 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3673 \begin_layout Standard
3674 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3675 \begin_inset Graphics
3676 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3682 at the left end of the toolbar.
3683 LyX will change the environment of the
3687 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3688 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3689 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3693 \begin_layout Standard
3702 create a new paragraph using the
3706 paragraph environment.
3708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3715 because if you are in one of these environments:
3718 \begin_layout Itemize
3724 \begin_layout Itemize
3730 \begin_layout Itemize
3736 \begin_layout Itemize
3742 \begin_layout Itemize
3748 \begin_layout Itemize
3754 \begin_layout Itemize
3760 \begin_layout Standard
3761 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3765 , rather than resetting it to
3770 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3771 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3772 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3779 reference "sec:Nesting"
3784 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3789 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3790 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3798 \begin_layout Subsection
3802 \begin_layout Standard
3803 The default paragraph environment is
3808 It creates a plain paragraph.
3809 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3810 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3811 this manual) are in the
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3819 You can nest a paragraph using the
3823 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3831 \begin_layout Subsection
3836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3845 \begin_layout Standard
3846 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3855 for thanks or contact information.
3856 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3857 page along with today's date.
3858 For other types of documents, the title
3859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3866 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3870 \begin_layout Standard
3871 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3885 Here's how you use them:
3888 \begin_layout Itemize
3889 Put the title of your document in the
3896 \begin_layout Itemize
3897 Put the author name in the
3904 \begin_layout Itemize
3905 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3906 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3912 Note that using this environment is optional.
3913 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3914 If you don't want any date, add the line
3915 \begin_inset Newline newline
3925 \begin_inset Newline newline
3928 to the preamble of your document (menu
3930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 You can use footnotes to insert
3938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3945 or contact informations.
3948 \begin_layout Subsection
3953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3969 \begin_layout Standard
3970 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3971 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3980 Section headings ! Numbered
3988 \begin_layout Standard
3989 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3993 \begin_layout Enumerate
3999 \begin_layout Enumerate
4005 \begin_layout Enumerate
4011 \begin_layout Enumerate
4017 \begin_layout Enumerate
4023 \begin_layout Enumerate
4029 \begin_layout Enumerate
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4037 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4038 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4041 \begin_layout Standard
4042 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4043 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4044 You group the book into chapters.
4045 LyX does similar grouping:
4048 \begin_layout Itemize
4053 is divided in either
4062 \begin_layout Itemize
4074 \begin_layout Itemize
4086 \begin_layout Itemize
4098 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 \begin_layout Itemize
4122 \begin_layout Standard
4123 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4131 Not all document types use the
4135 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4140 is the top-level heading.
4148 \begin_layout Standard
4153 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4154 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4156 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4168 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4174 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4182 \begin_layout Standard
4183 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4187 \begin_layout Enumerate
4193 \begin_layout Enumerate
4199 \begin_layout Enumerate
4205 \begin_layout Enumerate
4211 \begin_layout Enumerate
4217 \begin_layout Standard
4219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4226 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4227 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4228 table of contents, see section
4229 \begin_inset space ~
4233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4243 Changing the Numbering
4244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4246 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4253 \begin_layout Standard
4254 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4255 in the Table of Contents.
4256 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4258 Certain classes start with
4272 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4282 This is something you can change.
4285 \begin_layout Standard
4288 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4308 \begin_inset space ~
4312 \begin_inset space ~
4317 you'll see two counters.
4322 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4324 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4329 Short Titles of Headings
4333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4334 Section headings ! Short titles
4343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4352 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4359 \begin_layout Standard
4360 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4361 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4362 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4363 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4366 \begin_layout Standard
4367 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4368 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4369 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4370 To specify a short title, use the menu
4372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4374 \begin_inset space ~
4380 This will insert a box labeled
4381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4396 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4397 This also works for captions inside floats.
4400 \begin_layout Standard
4401 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 The following information applies to all section headings:
4412 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4416 \begin_layout Itemize
4417 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4420 \begin_layout Itemize
4421 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4424 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4428 \begin_layout Subsection
4429 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4432 \begin_layout Standard
4433 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4447 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4448 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4449 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4450 the text they contain.
4451 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4459 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4462 \begin_layout Standard
4463 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4472 when you start a new paragraph.
4473 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4477 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4478 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4479 to change back to the
4483 environment yourself.
4486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4517 time for the differences.
4526 are identical except for one difference:
4530 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4539 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4542 \begin_layout Standard
4543 Here's an example of the
4556 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4558 See -- no indentation!
4562 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4563 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4564 the other paragraph.
4567 \begin_layout Standard
4568 Here's another example, this time in the
4575 \begin_layout Quotation
4581 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4582 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4583 the first line, then
4587 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4591 you were quoting other text.
4594 \begin_layout Quotation
4595 Here's a new paragraph.
4596 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4597 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4600 \begin_layout Standard
4601 As the examples show,
4605 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4606 They should put quotes in the
4611 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4615 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4655 \begin_layout Standard
4660 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4666 \begin_inset Newline newline
4669 Which I did not rehearse!
4673 It could be much worse.
4674 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4676 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4677 indented a bit more than the first.
4678 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4684 \begin_inset Newline newline
4687 And make things look fine
4688 \begin_inset Newline newline
4698 \begin_layout Standard
4703 does not indent both margins.
4704 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4705 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4716 \begin_layout Subsection
4721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4737 \begin_layout Standard
4738 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4748 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4757 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4758 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4759 some general features of all four of them.
4762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4766 \begin_layout Standard
4767 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4769 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4778 reset the environment to
4782 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4783 The nesting depth is herby kept.
4784 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4789 to break paragraphs.
4792 \begin_layout Standard
4793 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4794 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4796 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4797 you read all of section
4798 \begin_inset space ~
4802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4804 reference "sec:Nesting"
4812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4837 \begin_layout Standard
4838 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4842 paragraph environment.
4843 It has the following properties:
4846 \begin_layout Itemize
4847 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4851 \begin_layout Itemize
4852 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4855 \begin_layout Itemize
4856 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4860 \begin_layout Itemize
4861 The items can have any length.
4862 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4863 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4870 \begin_layout Itemize
4875 environment inside another
4879 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4883 \begin_layout Itemize
4884 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4887 \begin_layout Itemize
4888 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4891 \begin_layout Itemize
4893 \begin_inset space ~
4897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4899 reference "sec:Nesting"
4903 for a full explanation of nesting.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4917 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4920 \begin_layout Standard
4921 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4922 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4923 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4926 \begin_layout Itemize
4927 The label for the first level
4931 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4935 \begin_layout Itemize
4936 The label for the second level is a dash.
4940 \begin_layout Itemize
4941 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4945 \begin_layout Itemize
4946 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4950 \begin_layout Itemize
4951 Back out to the third level.
4955 \begin_layout Itemize
4956 Back to the second level.
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 Back to the outermost level.
4964 \begin_layout Standard
4965 These are the default labels for an
4970 You can customize these labels in the
4972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4975 dialog in the submenu
4985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4994 \begin_layout Standard
4995 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4996 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4998 \begin_inset space ~
5002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5004 reference "sec:Nesting"
5011 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5029 name "sec:Enumerate"
5036 \begin_layout Standard
5041 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5042 It has these properties:
5045 \begin_layout Enumerate
5046 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5050 \begin_layout Enumerate
5051 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5055 \begin_layout Enumerate
5056 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5059 \begin_layout Enumerate
5064 environment resets the counter to one.
5067 \begin_layout Enumerate
5080 \begin_layout Enumerate
5081 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5082 Items can have any length.
5085 \begin_layout Enumerate
5086 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5089 \begin_layout Enumerate
5090 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5093 \begin_layout Enumerate
5094 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5098 \begin_layout Standard
5107 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5108 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5115 \begin_layout Enumerate
5116 The first level of an
5120 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5124 \begin_layout Enumerate
5125 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5129 \begin_layout Enumerate
5130 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5134 \begin_layout Enumerate
5135 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5138 \begin_layout Enumerate
5139 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5144 \begin_layout Enumerate
5145 Back to the third level
5149 \begin_layout Enumerate
5150 Back to the second level.
5154 \begin_layout Enumerate
5155 Back to the outermost level.
5158 \begin_layout Standard
5159 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5164 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5169 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5173 \begin_layout Standard
5174 There is more to nesting
5178 environments than we've stated here.
5179 You should read section
5180 \begin_inset space ~
5184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5186 reference "sec:Nesting"
5190 to learn more about nesting.
5193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5211 name "sec:Description-List"
5218 \begin_layout Standard
5219 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5223 list has no fixed label.
5224 Instead, LyX uses the first
5225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5232 of the first line as the label.
5236 \begin_layout Description
5237 Example: This is an example of the
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5249 \begin_layout Standard
5251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5258 it is meant that the first hit of the
5262 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5264 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5276 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5278 \begin_inset space ~
5284 \begin_inset space ~
5288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5290 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5294 for more info.) Here is an example:
5297 \begin_layout Description
5299 \begin_inset space ~
5302 Example: This one shows how to use a
5305 \begin_inset space ~
5317 \begin_layout Description
5318 Usage: You should use the
5322 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5323 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5325 It's not a good idea to use a
5329 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5330 You're better off using
5342 paragraphs into them.
5345 \begin_layout Description
5346 Nesting: You can nest
5350 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5354 \begin_layout Standard
5355 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5356 them from the first line.
5359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5369 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5384 \begin_layout Standard
5389 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5393 \begin_layout Standard
5402 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5403 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5406 \begin_layout Labeling
5407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5409 \begin_inset space ~
5412 labels LyX uses the first
5413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5420 of each line as the item label.
5425 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5426 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5427 blank as described above.
5430 \begin_layout Labeling
5431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5432 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5433 the body of the item text.
5434 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5435 label width plus a little extra space.
5439 \begin_layout Labeling
5440 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5442 \begin_inset space ~
5445 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5447 If the label width is larger, the label
5448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5455 into the first line.
5456 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5457 margin of the rest of the item text.
5460 \begin_layout Labeling
5461 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5463 \begin_inset space ~
5466 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5471 environment have the same left margin.
5472 \begin_inset Newline newline
5475 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5478 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5480 \begin_inset space ~
5489 \begin_inset space ~
5494 determines the default label width.
5495 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5504 multiple times instead.
5505 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5514 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5517 \begin_inset space ~
5522 every time you alter a label in a
5527 \begin_inset Newline newline
5530 The predefined default width is the length of
5531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5540 \begin_inset Newline newline
5544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5552 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5553 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5561 \begin_layout Standard
5566 environment the same way like the
5570 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5576 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5580 \begin_layout Standard
5585 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5587 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5589 \begin_inset space ~
5593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5595 reference "sec:Nesting"
5599 to learn about nesting.
5602 \begin_layout Standard
5603 There is yet another feature of the
5607 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5609 You can use additional
5613 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5618 are documented in section
5619 \begin_inset space ~
5623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5625 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5630 Here are some examples:
5633 \begin_layout Labeling
5634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5635 Left The default for
5642 \begin_layout Labeling
5643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5651 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5654 \begin_layout Labeling
5655 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5660 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5667 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5670 \begin_layout Subsection
5675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5692 \begin_inset space ~
5700 \begin_layout Standard
5701 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5709 \begin_inset space ~
5715 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5716 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5717 In contrast, you can use the
5724 \begin_inset space ~
5729 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5730 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5735 Of course, you're not limited to using
5742 \begin_inset space ~
5751 \begin_inset space ~
5756 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5757 some European academic papers.
5760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5764 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5771 \begin_layout Standard
5776 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5777 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5781 \begin_inset space ~
5786 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5787 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5788 Here's an example of each:
5791 \begin_layout Right Address
5793 \begin_inset Newline newline
5797 \begin_inset Newline newline
5801 \begin_inset Newline newline
5804 When is it? What is today?
5807 \begin_layout Standard
5811 \begin_inset space ~
5817 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5818 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5819 Here's an example of the
5826 \begin_layout Address
5828 \begin_inset Newline newline
5831 Where do I send this
5832 \begin_inset Newline newline
5835 Your post office and country
5838 \begin_layout Standard
5839 As you can see, both
5846 \begin_inset space ~
5851 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5856 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5862 This makes sense, since
5870 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5871 Thus, you have to use
5882 \begin_inset space ~
5885 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5887 \begin_inset space ~
5896 menu) to start a new line in an
5903 \begin_inset space ~
5911 \begin_layout Subsection
5915 \begin_layout Standard
5916 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5917 or list of references.
5918 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5937 \begin_layout Standard
5942 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5943 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5944 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5945 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5949 in anything else or vice versa.
5955 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5956 The book document classes ignores the
5960 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5964 in a letter document class.
5967 \begin_layout Standard
5972 environment does several things for you.
5973 First, it puts the centered label
5974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5982 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5984 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5985 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5986 the subsequent text.
5987 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5988 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5991 \begin_layout Standard
5992 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5996 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5997 The new paragraph will still be in the
6002 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6003 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6006 \begin_layout Standard
6007 \begin_inset Float figure
6012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6014 \begin_inset Graphics
6015 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6024 \begin_inset Caption
6026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6029 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6050 \begin_layout Standard
6051 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6055 environment, but since this document is in the
6056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6063 class, we can't do this.
6064 We inserted it therefore as figure
6065 \begin_inset space ~
6069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6071 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6076 If you've never heard of an
6077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6084 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6087 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6105 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6112 \begin_layout Standard
6117 environment is used to list references.
6118 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6119 only use it at the end of the document.
6124 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6127 \begin_layout Standard
6128 When you first open a
6132 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6148 depending on the document class.
6149 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6150 Each paragraph of the
6154 environment is a bibliography entry.
6159 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6160 Each new paragraph is still in the
6167 \begin_layout Standard
6168 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6176 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6183 \begin_layout Subsection
6190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6191 Paragraph ! LyX code
6197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6206 \begin_layout Standard
6211 environment is another LyX extension.
6212 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6217 key as a fixed whitespace;
6221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6233 \begin_inset space ~
6238 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6243 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6244 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6262 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6263 So, when you finish using the
6267 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6268 Also, you can nest the
6272 environment inside of others.
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6276 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6279 \begin_layout Itemize
6284 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6296 \begin_layout Itemize
6309 \begin_layout Itemize
6314 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6321 \begin_layout Itemize
6330 \begin_layout Itemize
6331 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6332 You must put at least one
6336 in any line you want blank.
6337 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6345 since that will insert
6350 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6358 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6361 \begin_layout Standard
6365 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6369 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6373 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6377 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6381 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6382 printf("Hello World!
6387 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6391 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6395 \begin_layout Standard
6396 This is just the standard
6397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6408 \begin_layout Standard
6413 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6414 rc-files, and so on.
6415 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6416 as if you used a typewriter.
6420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6421 Paragraph environments|)
6429 \begin_layout Section
6430 Nesting Environments
6434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6435 Nesting ! Environments
6441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6450 \begin_layout Subsection
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6457 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6459 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6461 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6473 \begin_layout Enumerate
6477 \begin_layout Enumerate
6482 \begin_layout Enumerate
6486 \begin_layout Enumerate
6491 \begin_layout Enumerate
6495 \begin_layout Standard
6496 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6497 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6500 \begin_inset space ~
6504 \begin_inset space ~
6512 \begin_inset space ~
6516 \begin_inset space ~
6525 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6526 will tell you how far you are nested).
6527 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6528 \begin_inset Graphics
6529 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6534 \begin_inset Graphics
6535 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6539 or the convenient key bindings
6547 to change the nesting level.
6548 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6549 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6553 \begin_layout Standard
6554 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6555 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6556 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6557 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6560 \begin_layout Standard
6561 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6562 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6564 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6567 \begin_layout Subsection
6568 What You Can and Can't Nest
6571 \begin_layout Standard
6572 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6573 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6576 \begin_layout Standard
6577 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6578 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6579 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6582 \begin_layout Itemize
6583 Completely unnestable
6586 \begin_layout Itemize
6587 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6588 other things inside of them.
6591 \begin_layout Itemize
6592 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6596 \begin_layout Standard
6597 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6598 environments have them:
6601 \begin_layout Description
6602 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6603 Can't nest into them.
6607 \begin_layout Itemize
6613 \begin_layout Itemize
6619 \begin_layout Itemize
6625 \begin_layout Itemize
6631 \begin_layout Itemize
6638 \begin_layout Description
6640 \begin_inset space ~
6643 Nestable You can nest them.
6644 You can nest other things into them.
6648 \begin_layout Itemize
6654 \begin_layout Itemize
6660 \begin_layout Itemize
6666 \begin_layout Itemize
6672 \begin_layout Itemize
6678 \begin_layout Itemize
6684 \begin_layout Itemize
6690 \begin_layout Itemize
6697 \begin_layout Description
6698 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6699 You can't nest anything into them.
6703 \begin_layout Itemize
6709 \begin_layout Itemize
6715 \begin_layout Itemize
6721 \begin_layout Itemize
6727 \begin_layout Itemize
6733 \begin_layout Itemize
6739 \begin_layout Itemize
6745 \begin_layout Itemize
6751 \begin_layout Itemize
6757 \begin_layout Itemize
6763 \begin_layout Itemize
6769 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 \begin_layout Itemize
6781 \begin_layout Itemize
6785 \begin_inset space ~
6791 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6807 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6816 \begin_inset space ~
6820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6824 \begin_inset space ~
6827 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6828 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6829 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6837 \begin_layout Subsection
6838 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6843 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6851 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6858 \begin_layout Standard
6859 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6860 affected by nesting anyhow.
6864 \begin_layout Itemize
6868 \begin_layout Itemize
6872 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 \begin_layout Standard
6878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6886 Figures and tables in
6890 are not affected by this.
6895 Have a look at section
6896 \begin_inset space ~
6900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6902 reference "sec:Floats"
6906 for more informations about
6913 \begin_layout Standard
6914 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6915 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6928 of its own, it behaves just like a
6929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6936 paragraph environment.
6937 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 Here's an example with a table:
6945 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 \begin_layout Enumerate
6951 This is (a) and it's nested.
6955 \begin_layout Standard
6956 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6964 \begin_inset Tabular
6965 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7060 \begin_layout Enumerate
7062 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7074 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Enumerate
7080 This is (a) and it's nested.
7084 \begin_layout Standard
7085 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7091 \begin_layout Standard
7093 \begin_inset Tabular
7094 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7181 \begin_layout Standard
7182 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7188 \begin_layout Enumerate
7195 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7198 \begin_layout Enumerate
7202 \begin_layout Standard
7203 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7208 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7210 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7213 \begin_layout Enumerate
7218 \begin_layout Enumerate
7219 This is (a) and it's nested.
7222 \begin_layout Standard
7223 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7229 \begin_layout Standard
7231 \begin_inset Tabular
7232 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7319 \begin_layout Standard
7320 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7326 \begin_layout Enumerate
7328 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7336 \begin_layout Enumerate
7340 \begin_layout Standard
7341 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7347 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7348 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7352 \begin_layout Subsection
7353 Usage and General Features
7354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7356 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7363 \begin_layout Standard
7364 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7373 is the innermost possible depth.
7374 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7377 \begin_layout Enumerate
7378 level #1 - outermost
7382 \begin_layout Enumerate
7387 \begin_layout Enumerate
7392 \begin_layout Enumerate
7397 \begin_layout Itemize
7402 \begin_layout Itemize
7411 \begin_layout Standard
7412 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7413 both of them in the example.
7414 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7424 For example, if we tried to nest another
7429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7439 \begin_layout Subsection
7444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7453 \begin_layout Standard
7454 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7455 We have several examples of nested environments.
7456 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7461 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7464 \begin_layout Labeling
7465 \labelwidthstring MMM
7466 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7475 \begin_layout Labeling
7476 \labelwidthstring MMM
7477 #2-a This is level #2.
7478 We created it by using
7490 \begin_layout Labeling
7491 \labelwidthstring MMM
7492 #3-a This is level #3.
7493 This time, we just hit
7502 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7515 \begin_layout Standard
7520 environment, nested inside of
7521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7529 So, it's at level #4.
7530 We did this by hitting
7538 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7543 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7559 \begin_layout Standard
7564 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7571 \begin_layout Labeling
7572 \labelwidthstring MMM
7573 #4-a This is level #4.
7578 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7583 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7587 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7592 keep nesting things inside of
7593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7604 \begin_layout Labeling
7605 \labelwidthstring MMM
7606 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7611 \begin_layout Labeling
7612 \labelwidthstring MMM
7613 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7614 and this is level #6.
7615 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7619 \begin_layout Labeling
7620 \labelwidthstring MMM
7621 #5-b Back to level #5.
7634 \begin_layout Labeling
7635 \labelwidthstring MMM
7644 , we're back at level #4.
7648 \begin_layout Labeling
7649 \labelwidthstring MMM
7650 #3-b Back to level #3.
7651 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7655 \begin_layout Labeling
7656 \labelwidthstring MMM
7657 #2-b Back to level #2.
7662 \begin_layout Labeling
7663 \labelwidthstring MMM
7664 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7665 After this sentence, we'll hit
7669 and change the paragraph environment back to
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7677 We could have also used the
7693 environment in place of the
7698 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7702 Example 2: Inheritance
7705 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7706 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7709 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7719 , after which, we'll change to the
7727 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 environment, at level #2.
7735 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 Notice how the nested
7740 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7744 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7748 \begin_layout Standard
7749 We ended this example by hitting
7754 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7758 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7766 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7779 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7787 \begin_layout Enumerate
7788 This is level #1, in an
7792 paragraph environment.
7793 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7797 \begin_layout Enumerate
7808 Now, what happens if we nest an
7812 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7813 label be? An asterisk?
7817 \begin_layout Itemize
7827 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7828 So, its label is a bullet.
7829 (We got here by using
7837 , then changing the environment to
7845 \begin_layout Itemize
7846 Here's level #4, produced using
7855 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7860 \begin_layout Enumerate
7861 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7863 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7868 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7872 , because we are in the
7896 \begin_layout Enumerate
7901 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7902 type of numbering does LyX use?
7905 \begin_layout Enumerate
7906 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7910 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7913 \begin_layout Enumerate
7918 to decrease the depth after the next
7926 \begin_layout Enumerate
7928 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7932 \begin_layout Enumerate
7934 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7935 numeral as the label.Why?
7938 \begin_layout Enumerate
7939 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7948 Notice, however, that LyX
7952 reset the counter for the label.
7956 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7966 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7967 into the twofold-nested
7975 \begin_layout Enumerate
7976 The same thing happens if we do another
7984 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7993 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8007 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8013 The same rule applies for the
8017 environment, as well.
8020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8021 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8024 \begin_layout Enumerate
8025 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8026 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8027 same detail with how we did it.
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8039 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8041 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8042 example in parentheses someplace.
8043 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8044 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8045 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8049 \begin_layout Enumerate
8054 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8059 Now we'll add verse.
8060 \begin_inset Newline newline
8063 It will get much worse.
8064 \begin_inset Newline newline
8069 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8075 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8076 \begin_inset Newline newline
8079 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8080 \begin_inset Newline newline
8093 \begin_layout Standard
8094 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8100 \begin_layout Standard
8102 \begin_inset Tabular
8103 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8194 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8198 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8204 \begin_layout Enumerate
8209 : level #1) This is another item.
8210 Note that selecting a
8214 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8215 3 times to put the table inside the
8223 \begin_layout Quotation
8224 We're now ending the
8228 list and changing to
8233 We're still at level #1.
8234 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8235 The next set of paragraphs is a
8236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8250 \begin_inset space ~
8255 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8259 for the letter body.
8264 to preserve the depth.
8265 Remember that you need to use
8269 to create multiple lines inside the
8276 \begin_inset space ~
8286 \begin_layout Right Address
8288 \begin_inset Newline newline
8291 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8292 \begin_inset Newline newline
8298 \begin_layout Address
8300 \begin_inset space ~
8306 \begin_layout Quotation
8307 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8308 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8311 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8312 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8313 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8314 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8315 as soon as possible.
8316 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8319 \begin_layout Quotation
8320 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8321 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8322 with your order, along with payment.
8325 \begin_layout Quotation
8326 We thank you again for your patience.
8329 \begin_layout Address
8331 \begin_inset Newline newline
8338 \begin_layout Quotation
8339 That ends that example!
8342 \begin_layout Standard
8343 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8344 just a few keystrokes.
8345 We could have easily nested an
8366 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8369 \begin_layout Section
8370 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8383 \begin_layout Standard
8384 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8385 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8386 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8387 be broken at the end of a line.
8388 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8392 \begin_layout Subsection
8394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8396 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8413 \begin_layout Standard
8414 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8416 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8420 Further documentation is given in section
8421 \begin_inset Newline newline
8425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8427 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8435 \begin_layout Standard
8436 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8451 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8460 A protected space is set with
8462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8463 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8467 \begin_inset space ~
8481 \begin_layout Subsection
8483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8485 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8494 Spacing ! Horizontal
8502 \begin_layout Standard
8503 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8510 The length units are listed in Appendix
8511 \begin_inset space ~
8515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8517 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8528 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 \begin_layout Standard
8547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8551 \begin_inset space \space{}
8554 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8555 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8556 \begin_inset space ~
8560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8562 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8567 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8568 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8579 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8596 \begin_layout Standard
8598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8605 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8614 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8615 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8616 inside abbreviations:
8621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8625 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8630 \begin_inset space \space{}
8636 \begin_layout Standard
8637 or between values and units.
8638 Compare for example this:
8639 \begin_inset Newline newline
8643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8647 \begin_inset Newline newline
8653 \begin_layout Standard
8654 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8657 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8659 \begin_inset space ~
8671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8675 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8682 \begin_layout Standard
8683 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8686 \begin_layout Description
8688 \begin_inset space ~
8692 \begin_inset space ~
8696 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8700 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8704 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8707 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8710 \begin_layout Description
8712 \begin_inset space ~
8716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8720 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8724 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8728 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8735 em) space between the arrows.
8738 \begin_layout Description
8740 \begin_inset space ~
8744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8748 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8752 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8756 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8760 \begin_inset space ~
8764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8767 em) space between the arrows.
8770 \begin_layout Description
8772 \begin_inset space ~
8776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8780 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8784 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8788 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8792 \begin_inset space ~
8796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8799 em) space between the arrows.
8802 \begin_layout Description
8804 \begin_inset space ~
8808 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8812 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8817 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8824 cm space between the arrows.
8827 \begin_layout Standard
8829 \begin_inset space ~
8833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8835 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8839 lists the different space sizes.
8842 \begin_layout Standard
8843 \begin_inset Float table
8848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8850 \begin_inset Caption
8852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8855 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8859 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8869 \begin_inset Tabular
8870 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8872 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9090 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9110 in a uniform fashion.
9111 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9112 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9113 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9114 equally between themselves.
9118 \begin_layout Standard
9119 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9124 This is on the left side
9125 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9128 This is on the right
9134 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9138 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9147 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9151 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9155 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9161 \begin_layout Standard
9162 That was an example in the
9168 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9172 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9176 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9179 is one in a standard paragraph.
9180 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9184 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9187 \begin_layout Standard
9188 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9191 \begin_inset space ~
9196 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9199 \begin_layout Standard
9201 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9205 \begin_inset space ~
9211 \begin_layout Standard
9213 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9217 \begin_inset space ~
9223 \begin_layout Standard
9225 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9229 \begin_inset space ~
9235 \begin_layout Standard
9237 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9241 \begin_inset space ~
9247 \begin_layout Standard
9249 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9253 \begin_inset space ~
9259 \begin_layout Standard
9261 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9265 \begin_inset space ~
9271 \begin_layout Standard
9272 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9280 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9284 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9285 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9286 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9290 option in the space dialog.
9298 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9312 \begin_layout Standard
9313 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9315 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9318 \begin_layout Standard
9319 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9322 What is correct English?:
9323 \begin_inset Newline newline
9327 \begin_inset Newline newline
9331 \begin_inset space ~
9334 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9335 \begin_inset Newline newline
9342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9353 \begin_inset Newline newline
9360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9371 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9377 \begin_layout Standard
9378 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9383 \begin_inset space ~
9387 \begin_inset space ~
9391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9395 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9413 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9417 for more information about TeX-Code.
9423 In our case write the command
9430 (note the space after
9431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9438 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9439 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9440 That is why it is named
9441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9453 There exists also the commands
9465 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9466 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9467 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9469 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9481 \begin_layout Subsection
9483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9485 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9502 \begin_layout Standard
9503 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9508 \begin_inset space ~
9514 There you find the following sizes:
9517 \begin_layout Standard
9530 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9535 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9537 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9550 for the paragraph separation.
9551 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9562 \begin_layout Standard
9571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9577 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9578 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9580 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9581 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9590 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9599 s are described in section
9600 \begin_inset space ~
9604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9606 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9615 If there are several
9619 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9620 You can therefore use
9624 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9627 \begin_layout Standard
9632 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9633 \begin_inset space ~
9637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9639 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9646 \begin_layout Standard
9647 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9657 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9658 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9670 \begin_layout Subsection
9674 \begin_layout Standard
9675 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9677 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9681 There are four possibilities:
9684 \begin_layout Itemize
9690 \begin_layout Itemize
9696 \begin_layout Itemize
9702 \begin_layout Itemize
9708 \begin_layout Standard
9709 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9710 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9711 the left and right margins.
9712 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9715 \begin_layout Standard
9717 This paragraph is right aligned,
9720 \begin_layout Standard
9722 this one is centered,
9725 \begin_layout Standard
9727 this one is left aligned.
9730 \begin_layout Subsection
9735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9742 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9744 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9751 \begin_layout Standard
9752 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9753 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9754 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9755 Only if you use many
9759 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9762 \begin_layout Standard
9763 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9764 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9768 have to change the pagebreaking.
9771 \begin_layout Standard
9772 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9774 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9776 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9777 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9779 \begin_inset space ~
9785 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9788 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9790 \begin_inset space ~
9795 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9797 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9798 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9801 \begin_layout Standard
9802 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9803 at the top of a page.
9804 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9805 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9806 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9807 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9811 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9826 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9843 \begin_layout Standard
9844 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9845 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9846 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9847 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9848 if necessary by adding pages.
9851 \begin_layout Standard
9852 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9854 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9855 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9857 \begin_inset space ~
9863 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9865 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9866 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9868 \begin_inset space ~
9872 \begin_inset space ~
9877 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9878 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9881 \begin_layout Subsection
9886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9895 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9902 \begin_layout Standard
9903 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9905 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9908 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9910 \begin_inset space ~
9914 \begin_inset space ~
9924 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9926 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9927 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9929 \begin_inset space ~
9933 \begin_inset space ~
9938 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9940 This is necessary to avoid
9941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9948 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9952 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9953 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9954 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9955 set a linebreak, e.g.
9956 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9957 \begin_inset space ~
9961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9963 reference "sec:Quote"
9968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9970 reference "sec:Verse"
9975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9977 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9984 \begin_layout Subsection
9986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9988 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10005 \begin_layout Standard
10010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10011 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10013 \begin_inset space ~
10018 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10024 \begin_layout Section
10025 Characters and Symbols
10028 \begin_layout Standard
10029 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10030 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10031 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10035 \begin_inset space ~
10038 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10040 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10046 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10050 for informations how this is done.
10053 \begin_layout Standard
10054 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10059 dialog via the menu
10061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10062 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10068 \begin_layout Standard
10069 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10077 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10078 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10079 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10087 \begin_layout Section
10088 Fonts and Text Styles
10089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10091 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10098 \begin_layout Subsection
10103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10112 \begin_layout Standard
10113 There are two types of fonts:
10116 \begin_layout Description
10118 \begin_inset space ~
10125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10131 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10132 characters) in the font.
10133 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10134 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10135 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10136 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10137 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10138 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10139 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10140 provide a good image.
10141 \begin_inset Newline newline
10144 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10145 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10146 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10147 sizes than at small ones.
10148 \begin_inset Newline newline
10162 \begin_inset space ~
10170 \begin_layout Description
10172 \begin_inset space ~
10179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10185 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10186 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10187 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10188 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10189 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10190 picture manipulation program.
10191 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10192 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10193 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10194 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10195 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10197 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10198 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10199 \begin_inset Newline newline
10202 Bitmap fonts are named
10205 \begin_inset space ~
10210 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10213 \begin_layout Standard
10214 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10215 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10216 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10217 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10221 \begin_layout Standard
10222 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10223 its document properties.
10226 \begin_layout Standard
10227 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10228 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10229 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10230 font to emphasize text, you use an
10231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10239 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10240 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10244 \begin_layout Subsection
10245 Document Font and Font size
10246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10248 name "sub:Document-Font"
10256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10275 \begin_layout Standard
10276 You can set the document fonts in the
10278 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10286 Document ! Settings
10292 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10293 font shapes roman (serif),
10296 \begin_inset space ~
10308 \begin_layout Standard
10309 The possible options for the font include
10313 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10318 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10340 European Computer Modern
10343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10367 ) fonts are probably the best choice, see below.
10370 \begin_layout Standard
10379 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10380 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10385 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10388 \begin_inset space ~
10393 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10399 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10400 There are three ways to use one:
10403 \begin_layout Itemize
10404 One way is to use the
10414 Virtual means that it
10415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10426 -glyphs from other fonts.
10427 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10449 Loading the LaTeX-package
10457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10458 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10463 with the document preamble line
10466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10471 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10475 will fix the guillemet problem.
10480 and that accented characters are not
10484 glyph, they are build of
10488 characters, the accent and the letter.
10489 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10493 fonts for words with accented characters.
10494 If you search for example for the French word
10495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10502 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10511 and not for the glyph
10512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10516 \begin_inset space ~
10520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10526 \begin_layout Itemize
10527 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10540 , consists of these three main font types
10543 \begin_inset space ~
10564 \begin_inset space ~
10574 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10578 \begin_inset space ~
10585 as typewriter font.
10586 \begin_inset Newline newline
10589 The differences between roman,
10592 \begin_inset space ~
10601 fonts are explained in section
10602 \begin_inset space ~
10606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10608 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10613 \begin_inset Newline newline
10619 \begin_inset space ~
10624 was originally designed for newspapers.
10625 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10626 into the small newspaper columns.
10630 \begin_inset space ~
10635 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10638 \begin_layout Itemize
10639 The best solution is to use the
10644 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10649 They all look the same, although some kerning is different, but
10653 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
10664 \begin_layout Standard
10665 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10668 For the font size there are four possible values:
10685 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10688 \begin_layout Standard
10689 The font sizes are the
10694 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10695 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10696 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10699 \begin_inset space ~
10705 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10706 \begin_inset space ~
10710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10712 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10719 \begin_layout Standard
10720 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10724 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10732 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10736 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10737 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10738 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10740 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10743 dialog, see section
10744 \begin_inset space ~
10748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10750 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10762 \begin_layout Subsection
10763 Using Different Character Styles
10767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10786 \begin_layout Standard
10787 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10788 certain paragraph environments.
10789 LyX supports two character styles,
10798 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10802 \begin_layout Standard
10807 style, do one of the following:
10810 \begin_layout Itemize
10811 click on the toolbar button
10812 \begin_inset Graphics
10813 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10820 \begin_layout Itemize
10821 use the key binding
10824 \begin_inset space ~
10830 \begin_layout Standard
10831 These commands are all toggles.
10836 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10839 \begin_layout Standard
10840 One typically uses the
10844 style for proper names.
10846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10853 is the original author of LyX.
10854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10860 \begin_layout Standard
10861 A more widely used character style is the
10866 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10873 \begin_layout Itemize
10874 clicking on the toolbar button
10875 \begin_inset Graphics
10876 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10883 \begin_layout Itemize
10884 using the keybindings
10887 \begin_inset space ~
10893 \begin_layout Standard
10898 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10899 es use a different font.
10902 \begin_layout Standard
10903 We've been using the
10907 style all over the place in this document.
10908 Here's one more example:
10911 \begin_layout Quotation
10914 Don't overuse character styles!
10917 \begin_layout Standard
10918 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10919 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10920 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10921 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10925 \begin_layout Standard
10926 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
10929 \begin_inset space ~
10936 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10938 \begin_inset space ~
10946 \begin_layout Subsection
10947 Fine-Tuning with the
10952 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10954 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10971 \begin_layout Standard
10972 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10973 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10974 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10975 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10976 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10977 from ordinary dialog.
10980 \begin_layout Standard
10981 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10982 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10983 \begin_inset Newline newline
10986 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10987 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10990 \begin_layout Standard
10991 To use custom character styles, open the
10993 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10995 \begin_inset space ~
11001 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11002 font property which you can choose.
11003 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11006 \begin_inset space ~
11011 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11016 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11017 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11018 environments in a snap.
11021 \begin_layout Standard
11022 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11025 \begin_inset space ~
11037 \begin_layout Labeling
11038 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11052 The possible options are:
11056 \begin_layout Labeling
11057 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11062 This is the Roman font family.
11063 Normally a serif font.
11064 It's also the default family.
11069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11081 \begin_inset space ~
11090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11098 \begin_inset Note Note
11101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11102 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11103 It is explained in section
11104 \begin_inset space ~
11108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11110 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11122 \begin_layout Labeling
11123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11127 \begin_inset space ~
11134 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11153 \begin_inset space ~
11162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11172 \begin_layout Labeling
11173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11180 This is the Typewriter font family.
11187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11199 \begin_inset space ~
11208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11221 \begin_layout Labeling
11222 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11227 This corresponds to the print weight.
11232 \begin_layout Labeling
11233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11238 This is the Medium font series.
11239 It's also the default series.
11242 \begin_layout Labeling
11243 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11250 This is the Bold font series.
11257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11269 \begin_inset space ~
11278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11289 \begin_layout Labeling
11290 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11295 As the name implies.
11300 \begin_layout Labeling
11301 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11306 This is the Upright font shape.
11307 It's also the default shape.
11310 \begin_layout Labeling
11311 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11325 s the Italic font shape
11331 \begin_layout Labeling
11332 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11339 This is the Slanted font shape
11341 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11344 \begin_layout Labeling
11345 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11349 \begin_inset space ~
11356 This is the Small caps font shape
11363 \begin_layout Labeling
11364 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11369 Alters the size of the font.
11370 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11371 nal to the document font size.
11372 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11373 what you want to do.
11378 \begin_layout Labeling
11379 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11413 \begin_inset space ~
11422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11445 \begin_inset space ~
11454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11464 \begin_layout Labeling
11465 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11499 \begin_inset space ~
11508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11518 \begin_layout Labeling
11519 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11553 \begin_inset space ~
11562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11585 \begin_inset space ~
11594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11604 \begin_layout Labeling
11605 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11639 \begin_inset space ~
11648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11671 \begin_inset space ~
11680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11690 \begin_layout Labeling
11691 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11705 It's also the default size.
11710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11722 \begin_inset space ~
11731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11754 \begin_inset space ~
11763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11773 \begin_layout Labeling
11774 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11808 \begin_inset space ~
11817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11840 \begin_inset space ~
11849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11859 \begin_layout Labeling
11860 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11894 \begin_inset space ~
11903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11926 \begin_inset space ~
11935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11945 \begin_layout Labeling
11946 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11980 \begin_inset space ~
11989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11999 \begin_layout Labeling
12000 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12034 \begin_inset space ~
12043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12066 \begin_inset space ~
12075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12085 \begin_layout Labeling
12086 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12120 \begin_inset space ~
12129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12152 \begin_inset space ~
12161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12172 \begin_layout Standard
12177 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12178 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12179 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12180 - use that instead.
12181 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12184 \begin_layout Labeling
12185 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12190 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12195 \begin_layout Labeling
12196 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12203 This is text with emphasize on
12206 This might seem like the same as
12210 , but it is actually a bit different.
12216 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12218 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12221 \begin_layout Labeling
12222 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12229 This is text with Underbar on.
12236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12248 \begin_inset space ~
12257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12267 \begin_inset Newline newline
12272 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12273 when you couldn't change fonts.
12274 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12275 It's only included in LyX because some people
12279 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12282 \begin_layout Labeling
12283 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12290 This is text with Noun on.
12297 , this is a logical attribute.
12298 Normally it's equivalent to
12301 \begin_inset space ~
12310 \begin_layout Labeling
12311 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12316 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12317 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12321 \begin_inset space ~
12326 , which is the default
12327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12334 and means normally black, you can choose between
12370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12379 \begin_layout Labeling
12380 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12385 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12386 the language of the document.
12387 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12391 \begin_layout Standard
12392 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12393 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12395 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12397 \begin_inset space ~
12402 dialog, the settings are saved.
12403 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12404 \begin_inset Graphics
12405 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12410 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12411 when the dialog isn't visible.
12415 \begin_layout Standard
12416 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12419 \begin_inset space ~
12425 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12426 (suppose you just set the shape to
12427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12445 \begin_inset space ~
12457 \begin_layout Standard
12458 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12466 \begin_inset space ~
12478 \begin_layout Itemize
12484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12491 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12509 \begin_inset Newline newline
12516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12541 \begin_inset Note Note
12544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12545 For more on phantoms see section
12546 \begin_inset space ~
12550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12552 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12562 \begin_inset Newline newline
12568 \begin_layout Itemize
12573 fonts use characters with serifs.
12574 These are the small
12575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12582 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12583 The following example will show the difference:
12584 \begin_inset Newline newline
12588 \begin_inset Newline newline
12593 text without serifs
12596 \begin_inset Newline newline
12599 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12600 They are therefore used as default font (named
12607 \begin_layout Itemize
12613 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12614 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12617 \begin_layout Standard
12618 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12619 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12622 \begin_layout Section
12623 Printing and Previewing
12626 \begin_layout Subsection
12630 \begin_layout Standard
12631 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12632 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12633 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12634 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12635 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12638 \begin_inset space ~
12646 \begin_layout Standard
12647 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12648 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12649 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12650 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12651 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12652 This happens in two stages:
12655 \begin_layout Enumerate
12656 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12657 generating a file with the extension,
12658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12672 \begin_layout Enumerate
12673 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12677 file to produce printable output.
12681 \begin_layout Subsection
12682 Output file formats
12686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12693 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12695 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12702 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12708 File formats ! ASCII
12716 \begin_layout Standard
12717 This file type has the extension
12718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12730 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12734 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12741 \begin_layout Standard
12742 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12744 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12745 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12751 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12757 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12765 \begin_layout Standard
12766 This file type has the extension
12767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12778 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12780 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12781 it manually with console commands.
12782 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12783 you view or export your document.
12786 \begin_layout Standard
12787 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12789 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12790 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12807 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12821 \begin_layout Standard
12822 This file type has the extension
12823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12843 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12844 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12845 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12847 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12851 \begin_layout Standard
12852 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12860 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12861 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12866 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12867 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12868 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12869 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12872 \begin_layout Standard
12873 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12875 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12876 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12882 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12888 File formats ! PostScript
12896 \begin_layout Standard
12897 This file type has the extension
12898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12910 PostScript was developed by the company
12914 as printer language.
12915 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12917 PostScript can be seen as
12918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12921 programming language
12922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12925 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12930 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12940 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12950 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12953 \begin_layout Standard
12954 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12958 Encapsulated PostScript
12959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12962 (EPS, file extension
12963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12975 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12976 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12977 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12978 whenever you view or export your document.
12979 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12980 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12981 EPS to avoid this problem.
12984 \begin_layout Standard
12985 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12987 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12988 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12994 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13018 \begin_layout Standard
13019 This file type has the extension
13020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13036 Portable Document Format
13037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13040 (PDF) is developed by
13044 as derivative from PostScript.
13045 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
13047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13054 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13055 looks exactly the same.
13058 \begin_layout Standard
13059 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13063 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13067 (JPG, file extension
13068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13095 Portable Network Graphics
13096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13099 (PNG, file extension
13100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13112 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13113 in the background to one of these formats.
13114 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13115 will slow down your workflow.
13116 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13119 \begin_layout Standard
13120 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13122 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13125 in three different ways:
13128 \begin_layout Description
13129 PDF This uses the program
13133 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13134 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13138 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13139 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13142 \begin_layout Description
13144 \begin_inset space ~
13147 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13151 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13155 \begin_layout Description
13157 \begin_inset space ~
13160 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13164 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13167 \begin_layout Standard
13168 We recommend to use
13171 \begin_inset space ~
13180 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13186 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13189 \begin_layout Subsection
13194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13203 \begin_layout Standard
13204 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13205 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13209 and choose a file type.
13210 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13213 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13216 you can use the toolbar button
13217 \begin_inset Graphics
13218 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13228 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13230 \begin_inset space ~
13236 \begin_inset Graphics
13237 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13243 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13247 \begin_inset Graphics
13248 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13259 \begin_layout Standard
13260 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13261 viewer window using the menu
13263 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13269 \begin_layout Standard
13270 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13272 To have a real output, export your document.
13275 \begin_layout Subsection
13276 Printing the File from within LyX
13277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13279 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13286 \begin_layout Standard
13287 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13288 it directly from within LyX.
13289 To print a file, select the menu
13291 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13294 or click on the toolbar button
13295 \begin_inset Graphics
13296 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13301 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13302 This file is then processed by the program
13306 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13311 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13314 \begin_layout Standard
13315 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13316 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13317 printing one set to print on the other side.
13318 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13319 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13320 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13323 \begin_layout Standard
13324 You can set the parameters in the
13327 \begin_inset space ~
13335 \begin_layout Labeling
13336 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13341 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13346 Note that this printer name is for the program
13355 has to be configured for this printer name.
13356 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13357 \begin_inset space ~
13361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13363 reference "sub:Printer"
13372 The printer should understand PostScript.
13375 \begin_layout Labeling
13376 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13381 The name of a file to print to.
13382 The output will be a PostScript file.
13383 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13387 \begin_layout Section
13388 A few Words about Typography
13392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13401 \begin_layout Subsection
13406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13422 \begin_layout Standard
13424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13435 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13450 \begin_layout Enumerate
13452 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13456 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13474 \begin_layout Enumerate
13476 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13480 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13511 \begin_layout Enumerate
13513 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13517 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13561 \begin_layout Enumerate
13563 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13567 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13571 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13589 \begin_layout Standard
13590 You generate them by inserting the
13591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13602 character multiple times in a row.
13603 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13604 final output, but not in LyX.
13607 \begin_layout Standard
13608 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13609 math mode and has a length of its own.
13610 Here are some examples of the
13611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13625 \begin_layout Enumerate
13626 line- and page-breaks
13627 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13637 \begin_layout Enumerate
13639 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13649 \begin_layout Enumerate
13650 Oh --- there's a dash.
13651 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13661 \begin_layout Enumerate
13662 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13666 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13676 \begin_layout Subsection
13681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13688 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13690 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13697 \begin_layout Standard
13698 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13699 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13708 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13713 following the rules of the document language
13717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13718 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13726 \begin_inset space ~
13730 \begin_inset space ~
13737 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13748 \begin_layout Standard
13749 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13754 and with unusual constructs, like
13755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13763 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13764 This is done with the menu
13766 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13767 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13769 \begin_inset space ~
13775 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13776 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13779 \begin_layout Standard
13780 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13781 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13782 a hyphen and a space in the form
13783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13791 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13799 as hyphenation possibility.
13800 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13801 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13802 of the LaTeX-box-command
13808 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13809 As LyX doesn't support
13815 , we have to use TeX Code.
13816 The result looks in LyX like:
13819 \begin_layout Standard
13820 \begin_inset Graphics
13821 filename clipart/mbox.png
13828 \begin_layout Standard
13829 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13830 \begin_inset space ~
13834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13836 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13843 \begin_layout Subsection
13848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13857 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13858 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13861 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13868 \begin_layout Standard
13869 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13870 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13871 LaTeX then adds the
13872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13875 appropriate amount of space
13876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13880 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13882 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13885 \begin_layout Standard
13886 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13900 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13901 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13904 \begin_layout Standard
13905 Here are some examples of
13909 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13912 \begin_layout Itemize
13917 \begin_layout Itemize
13922 \begin_layout Standard
13923 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13926 \begin_layout Itemize
13929 this is too much space!
13932 \begin_layout Itemize
13937 \begin_layout Standard
13938 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13941 \begin_layout Standard
13942 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13945 \begin_layout Enumerate
13949 \begin_inset space ~
13954 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13955 \begin_inset space ~
13959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13961 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13970 Spaces ! inter-word
13978 \begin_layout Enumerate
13982 \begin_inset space ~
13987 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13988 \begin_inset space ~
13992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13994 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14011 \begin_layout Enumerate
14015 \begin_inset space ~
14019 \begin_inset space ~
14023 \begin_inset space ~
14030 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14032 \begin_inset space ~
14037 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14038 This function is also bound to
14045 \begin_layout Standard
14046 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14049 \begin_layout Itemize
14051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14055 \begin_inset space \space{}
14058 this is too much space!
14061 \begin_layout Itemize
14062 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14066 \begin_layout Standard
14067 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14068 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14069 LaTeX will care about this.
14072 \begin_layout Standard
14073 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14077 \begin_inset space ~
14082 feature described in section
14093 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14099 Typography ! Quotes
14108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14146 \begin_layout Standard
14147 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14148 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14149 and use a closing quote at the end.
14151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14159 The keyboard character,
14163 , generates this automatically.
14166 \begin_layout Standard
14167 You can change the behavior of the
14171 key using the submenu
14177 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14185 Document ! Settings
14193 \begin_layout Standard
14194 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14199 There are six choices:
14202 \begin_layout Labeling
14203 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14215 Use quotes like this
14216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14224 \begin_inset Quotes els
14228 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14234 \begin_layout Labeling
14235 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14238 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14242 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14248 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14252 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14256 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14262 \begin_layout Labeling
14263 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14266 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14270 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14276 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14280 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14284 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14288 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14294 \begin_layout Labeling
14295 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14298 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14302 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14308 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14312 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14316 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14320 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14326 \begin_layout Labeling
14327 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14330 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14334 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14340 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14344 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14348 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14352 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14358 \begin_layout Labeling
14359 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14362 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14366 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14372 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14376 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14380 \begin_inset Quotes als
14384 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14390 \begin_layout Standard
14391 These settings affects what character the
14398 \begin_layout Subsection
14403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14404 Typography ! Ligatures
14413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14442 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14444 name "sub:Ligatures"
14451 \begin_layout Standard
14452 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14453 print them as single characters.
14454 These groups are known as
14459 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14461 Here are the standard ligatures:
14464 \begin_layout Itemize
14468 \begin_layout Itemize
14472 \begin_layout Itemize
14476 \begin_layout Itemize
14480 \begin_layout Itemize
14484 \begin_layout Standard
14485 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14488 \begin_layout Standard
14489 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14490 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14498 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14514 To break a ligature, use
14516 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14517 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14519 \begin_inset space ~
14526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14537 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14554 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14562 \begin_layout Subsection
14567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14568 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14574 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14576 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14583 \begin_layout Standard
14584 You have surely noticed, that the word
14585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14592 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14593 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14594 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14614 \begin_inset Note Note
14617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14618 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14626 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14627 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14632 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14636 \begin_layout Description
14637 LyX The name of the game, write
14638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14659 \begin_layout Description
14660 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14682 \begin_layout Description
14683 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14705 \begin_layout Description
14706 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14728 \begin_layout Standard
14729 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14734 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14742 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14743 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14744 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14747 : The actual version is
14748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14755 , the previous one was
14756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14766 \begin_layout Standard
14767 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14768 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14770 This will look in LyX like:
14771 \begin_inset Graphics
14772 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14777 \begin_inset Newline newline
14780 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14781 \begin_inset space ~
14785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14787 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14794 \begin_layout Subsection
14799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14808 \begin_layout Standard
14809 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14810 space between two words.
14811 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14821 for units use the menu
14823 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14824 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14826 \begin_inset space ~
14838 \begin_layout Standard
14839 Here's an example to show the differences:
14842 \begin_layout Standard
14843 \begin_inset Tabular
14844 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14846 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14847 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14854 \begin_inset space ~
14858 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14870 space between number and unit
14877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14882 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14886 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14898 half space between number and unit
14911 \begin_layout Subsection
14916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14917 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14923 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14932 \begin_layout Standard
14933 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14935 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14936 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14937 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14938 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14939 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14940 These bits of text became known as
14951 \begin_layout Standard
14952 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14953 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14954 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14955 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14956 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14957 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14958 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14961 \begin_layout Standard
14962 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14963 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14964 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14965 \begin_inset space ~
14969 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14971 key "latexcompanion"
14976 \begin_inset space ~
14980 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14986 ] may have more information.
14987 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14990 \begin_layout Chapter
14991 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14994 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15001 \begin_layout Standard
15002 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15007 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15010 \begin_layout Section
15015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15022 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15031 \begin_layout Standard
15032 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15035 \begin_layout Description
15037 \begin_inset space ~
15040 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15041 \begin_inset Newline newline
15045 \begin_inset Note Note
15048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15049 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15057 \begin_layout Description
15058 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15059 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15061 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15062 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15063 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15066 \begin_inset Newline newline
15070 \begin_inset Note Comment
15073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15074 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15082 \begin_layout Description
15084 \begin_inset space ~
15087 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15088 \begin_inset Newline newline
15092 \begin_inset Newline newline
15096 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15105 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15106 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15107 How this can be done is explained in the
15116 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15122 \begin_inset Newline newline
15126 \begin_inset Newline newline
15129 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15130 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15133 \begin_layout Standard
15134 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15135 \begin_inset Graphics
15136 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15138 scaleBeforeRotation
15144 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15148 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15151 \begin_layout Section
15156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15163 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15165 name "sec:Footnotes"
15172 \begin_layout Standard
15173 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15176 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15179 or the toolbar button
15180 \begin_inset Graphics
15181 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15194 \begin_inset Graphics
15195 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15204 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15233 label, the box will
15237 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15238 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15251 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15267 \begin_layout Standard
15268 Here's an example footnote:
15276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15277 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15285 \begin_layout Standard
15286 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15287 position where the footnote box is placed.
15288 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15289 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15290 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15291 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15292 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15297 ey are described in the
15304 \begin_layout Section
15309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15318 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15325 \begin_layout Standard
15326 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15327 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15329 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15331 \begin_inset space ~
15336 or the toolbar button
15337 \begin_inset Graphics
15338 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15365 appearing within your text.
15366 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15375 \begin_layout Standard
15376 At the side is an example marginal note.
15380 \begin_inset Marginal
15383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15384 This is a marginal note.
15392 \begin_layout Standard
15393 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15394 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15395 pages, right on odd pages.
15398 \begin_layout Section
15399 Graphics and Images
15403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15420 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15422 name "sec:Graphics"
15429 \begin_layout Standard
15430 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15431 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15432 \begin_inset Graphics
15433 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15439 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15443 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15446 \begin_layout Standard
15447 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15452 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15453 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15455 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15456 \begin_inset space ~
15460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15462 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15469 \begin_layout Standard
15474 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15475 of the image in the output.
15476 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15480 \begin_inset space ~
15484 \begin_inset space ~
15493 \begin_inset space ~
15497 \begin_inset space ~
15501 \begin_inset space ~
15506 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15507 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15515 \begin_layout Standard
15518 LaTeX and LyX options
15520 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15521 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15525 \begin_inset space ~
15530 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15531 with the image size is printed.
15535 \begin_inset space ~
15539 \begin_inset space ~
15543 \begin_inset space ~
15548 is explained in the
15559 \begin_layout Standard
15560 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15561 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15563 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15567 \begin_layout Standard
15569 \begin_inset Graphics
15570 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15572 rotateOrigin center
15579 \begin_layout Standard
15580 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15581 the image into a float, see section
15582 \begin_inset space ~
15586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15588 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15595 \begin_layout Subsection
15600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15609 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15616 \begin_layout Standard
15617 You can insert images in any known file format.
15618 But as we explained in section
15619 \begin_inset space ~
15623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15625 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15629 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15630 LyX uses therefore the program
15634 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15635 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15636 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15637 \begin_inset space ~
15641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15643 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15650 \begin_layout Standard
15651 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15654 \begin_layout Description
15656 \begin_inset space ~
15659 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15660 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15661 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15665 Graphics Interchange Format
15666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15669 (GIF, file extension
15670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15717 Portable Network Graphics
15718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15721 (PNG, file extension
15722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15769 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15773 (JPG, file extension
15774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15832 \begin_layout Description
15834 \begin_inset space ~
15837 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15839 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15840 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15841 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15842 \begin_inset Newline newline
15845 Scalable image formats can be
15846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15849 Scalable Vector Graphics
15850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15853 (SVG, file extension
15854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15901 Encapsulated PostScript
15902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15905 (EPS, file extension
15906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15953 Portable Document Format
15954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15957 (PDF, file extension
15958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15980 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15981 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15982 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15988 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15996 \begin_layout Standard
15997 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16001 \begin_layout Subsection
16002 Grouping of Image Settings
16006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16007 Images ! Settings grouping
16015 \begin_layout Standard
16016 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16018 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16019 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16021 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16022 need to manually change each of them.
16026 \begin_layout Standard
16027 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16030 \begin_inset space ~
16034 \begin_inset space ~
16039 field in the Graphics dialog.
16040 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16041 by checking the name of the desired group.
16044 \begin_layout Section
16049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16056 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16065 \begin_layout Standard
16066 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16067 \begin_inset Graphics
16068 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16075 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16079 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16080 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16081 from the rest of the table.
16082 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16083 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16085 Here's an example table:
16088 \begin_layout Standard
16090 \begin_inset Tabular
16091 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16093 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16094 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16095 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16296 \begin_layout Subsection
16300 \begin_layout Standard
16301 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16302 brings up the table dialog.
16303 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16304 where the cursor is placed currently.
16305 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16306 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16307 done on all of your selection.
16310 \begin_layout Standard
16311 Additionally to the table dialog the
16314 \begin_inset space ~
16319 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16321 It is for example currently only possible to add
16322 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16326 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16329 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16332 \begin_layout Standard
16336 \begin_inset space ~
16341 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16342 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16343 current cell respectively.
16344 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16346 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16347 of text, see section
16348 \begin_inset space ~
16352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16354 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16361 \begin_layout Standard
16362 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16368 This will merge the cells to
16372 cell, spread over more than one column.
16373 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16374 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16375 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16376 in the last row without the upper border:
16379 \begin_layout Standard
16381 \begin_inset Tabular
16382 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16383 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16384 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16385 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16386 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16387 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16398 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16407 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16483 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16518 \begin_layout Standard
16519 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16520 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16521 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16522 explained in the tables section of the
16525 \begin_inset space ~
16531 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16532 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16535 degrees counterclockwise.
16536 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16539 \begin_layout Standard
16540 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16548 Most DVI-viewers are
16552 able to display rotations.
16560 \begin_layout Standard
16565 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16570 adds lines for all cell borders.
16573 \begin_layout Subsection
16578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16579 Tables ! Longtables
16588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16597 \begin_layout Standard
16598 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16601 \begin_inset space ~
16605 \begin_inset space ~
16614 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16615 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16618 \begin_layout Description
16623 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16624 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16625 except for the first page, if
16628 \begin_inset space ~
16636 \begin_layout Description
16640 \begin_inset space ~
16645 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16646 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16649 \begin_layout Description
16654 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16655 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16656 except for the last page, if
16659 \begin_inset space ~
16667 \begin_layout Description
16671 \begin_inset space ~
16676 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16677 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16680 \begin_layout Description
16681 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16682 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16684 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16688 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16691 \begin_inset space ~
16699 \begin_layout Standard
16700 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16701 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16702 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16703 The others will then be defined as
16708 In this context, first means first in this order:
16711 \begin_inset space ~
16723 \begin_inset space ~
16729 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16732 \begin_layout Standard
16734 \begin_inset Tabular
16735 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16736 <features islongtable="true">
16737 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16738 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16739 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16740 <row endfirsthead="true">
16741 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16747 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16752 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16761 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16771 <row endfirsthead="true">
16772 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16783 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16792 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16804 <row endhead="true">
16805 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16816 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16825 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16835 <row endhead="true">
16836 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16847 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16856 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16868 <row endfoot="true">
16869 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16880 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16889 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16920 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17861 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17870 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17879 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17890 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17921 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17952 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17983 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18014 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18045 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18076 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18107 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18138 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18169 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18200 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18231 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18262 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18293 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18324 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18355 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18386 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18417 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18448 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18479 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18510 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18541 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18572 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18603 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18634 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18665 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18696 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18727 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18758 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18789 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18820 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18850 <row endlastfoot="true">
18851 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18862 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18871 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18888 \begin_layout Subsection
18893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18900 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18902 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18909 \begin_layout Standard
18910 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18911 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18912 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18913 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18917 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18918 for the cell's paragraph.
18921 \begin_layout Standard
18922 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18923 for the column in the table dialog.
18924 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18925 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18929 \begin_layout Standard
18931 \begin_inset Tabular
18932 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18934 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18935 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18936 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18956 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19025 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19081 This is longer now.
19086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19137 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19138 This is longer now.
19143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19169 \begin_layout Standard
19170 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19171 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19172 Selection with the mouse or with
19176 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19177 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19178 the selection from outside the table.
19181 \begin_layout Section
19186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19193 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19202 \begin_layout Standard
19203 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19204 have a fixed location.
19206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19213 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19221 \begin_inset space ~
19226 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19227 too much notes at the page.
19230 \begin_layout Standard
19231 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19232 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19233 and pages without text.
19234 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19235 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19236 Floats are therefore numbered.
19237 Referencing is described in section
19238 \begin_inset space ~
19242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19244 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19251 \begin_layout Standard
19252 To insert a float, use the menu
19254 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19258 A box with a caption that has e.
19259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19263 \begin_inset space ~
19267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19271 \begin_inset space ~
19275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19278 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19279 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19281 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19291 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19292 paragraph within the float.
19293 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19294 by left-clicking on the box label.
19295 A closed float box looks like this:
19296 \begin_inset Graphics
19297 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19302 -- a gray button with a red label.
19305 \begin_layout Standard
19306 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19307 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19310 \begin_layout Subsection
19314 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19320 Floats ! Figure floats
19326 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19328 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19335 \begin_layout Standard
19338 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19339 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19342 inserts a float with the label
19343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19349 \begin_inset space ~
19355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19359 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19360 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19361 This is what we did for Figure
19362 \begin_inset space ~
19366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19368 reference "cap:Platypus"
19373 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19374 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19375 This was done in Figure
19376 \begin_inset space ~
19380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19382 reference "cap:Escher"
19389 \begin_layout Standard
19390 \begin_inset Float figure
19395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19397 \begin_inset Graphics
19398 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19400 rotateOrigin center
19407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19408 \begin_inset Caption
19410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19411 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19413 name "cap:Platypus"
19417 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19430 \begin_layout Standard
19431 \begin_inset Float figure
19436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19437 \begin_inset Caption
19439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19457 \begin_inset Graphics
19458 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19460 rotateOrigin center
19472 \begin_layout Standard
19473 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19475 As described in section
19476 \begin_inset space ~
19480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19482 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19486 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19488 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19491 and refer to it using the menu
19493 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19497 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19506 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19518 \begin_layout Standard
19519 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19520 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19521 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19522 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19524 \begin_inset space ~
19528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19530 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19534 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19535 You can also set the images one below the other.
19537 \begin_inset space ~
19541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19543 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19550 reference "fig:Platypus"
19554 are the subfigures.
19557 \begin_layout Standard
19558 \begin_inset Float figure
19563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19564 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19568 \begin_inset Float figure
19573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19574 \begin_inset Caption
19576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19579 name "fig:Undefinable"
19591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19592 \begin_inset Graphics
19593 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19604 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19608 \begin_inset Float figure
19613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19614 \begin_inset Caption
19616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19617 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19619 name "fig:Platypus"
19631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19632 \begin_inset Graphics
19633 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19645 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19652 \begin_inset Caption
19654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19655 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19657 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19661 Two distorted images.
19674 \begin_layout Standard
19675 Note that the caption is added to the
19678 \begin_inset space ~
19682 \begin_inset space ~
19687 as described in section
19688 \begin_inset space ~
19692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19694 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19707 Floats ! Table floats
19713 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19715 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19722 \begin_layout Standard
19723 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19725 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19726 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19730 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19733 \begin_inset space ~
19737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19739 reference "cap:Table-float"
19743 is an example of a table float.
19746 \begin_layout Standard
19747 \begin_inset Float table
19752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19753 \begin_inset Caption
19755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19756 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19758 name "cap:Table-float"
19770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19772 \begin_inset Tabular
19773 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19775 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19776 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19777 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19904 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19925 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19927 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19948 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19969 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19975 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19983 \begin_layout Standard
19984 This float type is inserted with the menu
19986 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19987 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19991 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19992 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19996 , described in section
19997 \begin_inset space ~
20001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20003 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20010 \begin_layout Standard
20011 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20019 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20025 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20028 \begin_layout Standard
20033 floatname{algorithm}{your
20034 \begin_inset space ~
20040 \begin_layout Standard
20041 to the document preamble (menu
20043 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20050 \begin_inset space ~
20056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20070 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20076 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20082 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20084 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
20091 \begin_layout Standard
20092 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20100 \begin_inset Graphics
20101 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20103 rotateOrigin center
20110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20111 \begin_inset Caption
20113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20114 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20116 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20120 This is a wrapped figure.
20121 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20134 This float type is used if you want to
20135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20142 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20144 It can be inserted using the menu
20146 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20147 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20149 \begin_inset space ~
20154 if the LaTeX-package
20162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20163 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20173 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20176 \begin_inset space ~
20186 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20189 \begin_inset space ~
20193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20195 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20199 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20208 Available units are explained in Appendix
20209 \begin_inset space ~
20213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20215 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20224 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20228 \begin_layout Standard
20229 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20237 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20238 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20239 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20240 over some other text.
20248 \begin_layout Itemize
20249 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20250 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20251 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20252 breaks will appear.
20255 \begin_layout Itemize
20256 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20257 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20260 \begin_layout Itemize
20261 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20262 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20265 \begin_layout Itemize
20266 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20269 \begin_layout Subsection
20271 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20273 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20290 \begin_layout Standard
20291 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20292 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20296 \begin_inset space ~
20304 \begin_layout Standard
20305 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20306 have a multi-column document).
20307 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20310 \begin_inset space ~
20316 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20317 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20324 \begin_layout Standard
20325 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20326 format is also the same: Table
20327 \begin_inset space ~
20331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20333 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20337 is an example of a rotated table float.
20340 \begin_layout Standard
20341 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20349 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20357 \begin_layout Standard
20358 \begin_inset Float table
20363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20364 \begin_inset Caption
20366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20369 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20383 \begin_inset Tabular
20384 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20386 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20387 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20388 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20389 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20390 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20450 \begin_layout Subsection
20452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20454 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20471 \begin_layout Standard
20472 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20473 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20474 \begin_inset Newline newline
20480 \begin_inset space ~
20485 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20486 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20488 \begin_inset Newline newline
20494 \begin_inset space ~
20499 is used to rotate floats, see section
20500 \begin_inset space ~
20504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20506 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20513 \begin_layout Standard
20514 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20515 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20518 \begin_inset space ~
20522 \begin_inset space ~
20530 \begin_layout Description
20532 \begin_inset space ~
20536 \begin_inset space ~
20539 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20542 \begin_layout Description
20544 \begin_inset space ~
20548 \begin_inset space ~
20551 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20554 \begin_layout Description
20556 \begin_inset space ~
20560 \begin_inset space ~
20563 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20566 \begin_layout Description
20568 \begin_inset space ~
20572 \begin_inset space ~
20575 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20578 \begin_layout Standard
20579 The order of the above option is
20584 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20588 \begin_inset space ~
20592 \begin_inset space ~
20600 \begin_inset space ~
20604 \begin_inset space ~
20609 , and then the others.
20610 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20612 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20613 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20616 \begin_layout Standard
20617 By default, each options has its own rules:
20620 \begin_layout Standard
20624 \begin_inset space ~
20628 \begin_inset space ~
20633 only floats occupying less than 70
20634 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20637 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20640 \begin_layout Standard
20644 \begin_inset space ~
20648 \begin_inset space ~
20653 : only floats occupying less than 30
20654 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20657 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20660 \begin_layout Standard
20664 \begin_inset space ~
20668 \begin_inset space ~
20673 : only if more than 50
20674 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20677 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20681 \begin_layout Standard
20682 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20686 \begin_inset space ~
20690 \begin_inset space ~
20698 \begin_layout Standard
20699 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20700 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20701 For this case you can use the option
20704 \begin_inset space ~
20710 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20712 Because the float is then no longer able to
20713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20720 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20723 \begin_layout Standard
20724 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20725 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20728 \begin_layout Standard
20729 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20731 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20733 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20740 \begin_layout Section
20745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20752 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20754 name "sec:Minipages"
20761 \begin_layout Standard
20762 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20764 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20765 \begin_inset space ~
20772 \begin_layout Standard
20773 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20775 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20779 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20780 and its alignment within the page.
20783 \begin_layout Standard
20785 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20794 height_special "totalheight"
20797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20800 This is a minipage.
20801 The text is set in an italic style.
20804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20807 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20808 another formatting.
20816 \begin_layout Standard
20817 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20820 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20824 as described in section
20825 \begin_inset space ~
20829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20831 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20836 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20842 \begin_layout Standard
20843 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20852 height_special "totalheight"
20855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20856 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20857 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20863 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20867 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20876 height_special "totalheight"
20879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20880 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20881 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20889 \begin_layout Standard
20890 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20896 \begin_layout Standard
20897 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20898 to other box types.
20899 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20910 \begin_layout Chapter
20911 Mathematical Formulas
20915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20956 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20963 \begin_layout Standard
20964 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20969 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20972 \begin_layout Section
20977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20986 \begin_layout Standard
20987 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20988 \begin_inset Graphics
20989 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20994 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20996 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20997 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20998 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21000 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21006 \begin_layout Standard
21007 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21011 \begin_inset space ~
21016 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21019 \begin_layout Standard
21020 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21021 line, like this one:
21024 \begin_layout Standard
21025 This is a line with an inline formula
21026 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21032 \begin_layout Standard
21033 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
21035 \begin_inset Formula \[
21040 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21043 \begin_layout Standard
21044 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21060 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21061 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21065 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21068 \begin_inset space ~
21076 \begin_layout Subsection
21077 Navigating in Formulas
21081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21090 \begin_layout Standard
21091 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21092 achieved with the arrow keys.
21093 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21094 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21099 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21100 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21104 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21108 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21110 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21118 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21123 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21124 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21127 \begin_layout Standard
21132 , printed in this document as
21133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21154 \begin_inset Note Note
21157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21158 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21159 space character (visible space).
21164 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21165 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21166 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21171 For example, if you want
21172 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21226 , since in the latter case only the
21229 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21234 will be under the square root sign:
21235 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21241 \begin_layout Standard
21242 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21244 \begin_inset Formula \[
21245 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21248 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21252 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21253 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21256 \begin_layout Subsection
21260 \begin_layout Standard
21261 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21262 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21266 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21267 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21268 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21269 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21270 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21273 \begin_layout Subsection
21274 Exponents and Subscripts
21278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21297 \begin_layout Standard
21298 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21299 way is to use a command.
21301 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21304 , type in a formula
21310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21326 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21332 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21336 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21357 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21366 , you have to use an extra
21370 to separate the hat and the character.
21373 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21394 Subscripts are similar: To get
21395 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21418 \begin_layout Subsection
21423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21432 \begin_layout Standard
21433 Create a fraction with either the command
21440 \begin_inset Graphics
21441 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21449 \begin_inset space ~
21455 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21456 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21457 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21462 To move back up, press
21467 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21468 \begin_inset Formula \[
21469 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21471 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21478 \begin_layout Subsection
21483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21492 \begin_layout Standard
21493 Roots can be created using the
21496 \begin_inset space ~
21502 \begin_inset Graphics
21503 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21526 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21532 produces always a square root.
21535 \begin_layout Subsection
21536 Operators with Limits
21540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21559 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21566 \begin_layout Standard
21568 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21572 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21575 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21576 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21577 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21578 The sum operator will automatically place its
21579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21586 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21589 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21593 \begin_inset Formula \[
21594 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21598 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21602 \begin_layout Standard
21603 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21605 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21606 behind the operator and hitting
21612 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21613 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21615 \begin_inset space ~
21619 \begin_inset space ~
21627 \begin_layout Standard
21628 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21636 feature as addition, such as
21640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21647 \begin_inset Formula \[
21648 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21652 which will place the
21653 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21665 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21666 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21672 \begin_layout Standard
21673 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21680 Have a look at section
21681 \begin_inset space ~
21685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21687 reference "sub:Functions"
21691 for an explanation of function macros.
21694 \begin_layout Subsection
21699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21708 \begin_layout Standard
21709 Most math symbols can be found in the
21712 \begin_inset space ~
21717 under one of several categories; including
21734 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21738 \begin_layout Standard
21739 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21740 you don't have to use the
21743 \begin_inset space ~
21748 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21749 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21752 \begin_layout Subsection
21757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21764 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21766 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21773 \begin_layout Standard
21774 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21783 \begin_inset space ~
21789 \begin_inset Graphics
21790 filename ../images/math/space.png
21795 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21796 Here a example for the sequence
21801 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21805 \begin_inset Graphics
21806 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21811 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21812 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21813 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21814 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21819 \begin_layout Standard
21829 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21835 \begin_layout Standard
21845 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21851 \begin_layout Subsection
21856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21863 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21865 name "sub:Functions"
21872 \begin_layout Standard
21876 \begin_inset space ~
21881 contains under the button
21882 \begin_inset Graphics
21883 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21887 a number of functions, such as
21888 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21892 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21900 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21907 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21908 avoid confusions, because
21909 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21913 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21919 \begin_layout Standard
21920 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21922 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21926 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21932 \begin_layout Standard
21933 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21934 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21935 \begin_inset space ~
21939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21941 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21948 \begin_layout Subsection
21953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21962 \begin_layout Standard
21963 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21965 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21966 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21968 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21971 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21972 Our example is entered by typing
21980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21993 \begin_inset space ~
21997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21999 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22003 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22006 \begin_layout Standard
22007 \begin_inset Float table
22012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22013 \begin_inset Caption
22015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22016 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22018 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22022 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22032 \begin_inset Tabular
22033 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22035 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22036 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22037 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22121 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22175 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22229 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22283 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22337 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22391 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22445 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22499 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22553 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22598 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22619 \begin_layout Standard
22620 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22623 \begin_inset space ~
22629 \begin_inset Graphics
22630 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22634 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22638 \begin_layout Section
22639 Brackets and Delimiters
22643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22660 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22662 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22669 \begin_layout Standard
22670 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22671 For most purposes, using just the keys
22676 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22677 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22680 \begin_inset space ~
22686 \begin_inset Graphics
22687 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22692 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22694 \begin_inset Formula \[
22695 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22697 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22701 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22702 \begin_inset Formula \[
22703 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22710 \begin_layout Standard
22711 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22712 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22715 \begin_layout Standard
22716 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22717 left side and right side.
22718 If you use the option
22721 \begin_inset space ~
22726 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22727 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22728 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22729 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22732 \begin_layout Standard
22733 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22734 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22735 inside the brackets.
22736 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22741 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22744 \begin_layout Standard
22745 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22756 \begin_layout Section
22761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22768 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22770 name "sec:Grouping"
22777 \begin_layout Standard
22778 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22779 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22790 \begin_layout Standard
22791 \begin_inset Formula \[
22792 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22799 \begin_layout Standard
22800 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22815 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22816 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22817 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22820 \begin_layout Section
22821 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22846 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22854 \begin_layout Standard
22855 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22858 \begin_inset space ~
22864 \begin_inset Graphics
22865 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22870 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22871 Here is an example:
22872 \begin_inset Formula \[
22873 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22876 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22880 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22881 \begin_inset space ~
22885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22887 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22892 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22893 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22894 This alignment is set in the box
22899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22947 for every column as default.
22948 For example, the sequence
22949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22960 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22961 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22962 corresponds to the relevant column.
22963 The result will look like this:
22964 \begin_inset Formula \[
22966 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22967 column & has & has\, right\\
22968 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22975 \begin_layout Standard
22976 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22980 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22981 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22983 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22989 \begin_layout Standard
22990 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22991 It can be created with the menu
22993 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22994 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22996 \begin_inset space ~
23009 \begin_inset Formula \[
23013 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
23020 \begin_layout Standard
23021 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23024 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23032 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23041 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23049 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23050 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23051 A new row is created by every further hit of
23059 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23060 Here is an example:
23061 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23062 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23063 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
23067 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23068 where you want to start the shift and hit
23073 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23074 position to the next column.
23075 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23076 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23077 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23078 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23085 \begin_layout Standard
23086 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23093 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23094 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23097 reference "eq:asquared"
23102 The other types are described in section
23103 \begin_inset space ~
23107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23109 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23116 \begin_layout Section
23117 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23122 Math ! Formula numbering
23131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23132 Math ! Referencing formulas
23138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23140 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23147 \begin_layout Standard
23148 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23150 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23151 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23153 \begin_inset space ~
23161 \begin_inset space ~
23167 The formula number appears in LyX as
23168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23175 within parentheses.
23177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23184 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23186 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23187 the document class.
23188 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23189 separated by a dot:
23190 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23191 1+1=2\end{equation}
23198 \begin_inset space ~
23203 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23204 You can only number displayed formulas.
23207 \begin_layout Standard
23208 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23210 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23211 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23213 \begin_inset space ~
23217 \begin_inset space ~
23221 \begin_inset space ~
23229 \begin_inset space ~
23234 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23235 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23237 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23238 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23242 To number all lines use the shortcut
23245 \begin_inset space ~
23253 \begin_layout Standard
23254 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23257 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23258 A label is inserted with the menu
23260 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23263 when the cursor is in the formula.
23264 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23265 It is recommended to use the proposed
23266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23277 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23278 type when you have many labels in your document.
23279 We inserted in the following example the label
23280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23287 in the second line:
23288 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23289 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23290 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23294 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23295 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23305 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23307 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23309 \begin_inset space ~
23315 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23316 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23317 as the formula number:
23320 \begin_layout Standard
23321 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23324 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23331 \begin_layout Standard
23332 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23333 \begin_inset space ~
23337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23339 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23344 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23347 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23350 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23355 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23363 \begin_layout Section
23364 User defined math macros
23368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23377 name "sec:math-macros"
23384 \begin_layout Standard
23385 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23386 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23387 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23389 \begin_inset Newline newline
23392 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23393 \begin_inset Formula \[
23394 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23398 The general form of its solution is:
23399 \begin_inset Formula \[
23400 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23407 \begin_layout Standard
23408 The macro should print the parameters
23409 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23413 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23417 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23420 like in the equation above.
23423 \begin_layout Standard
23424 A macro is created by executing the command
23427 \begin_layout Standard
23434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23457 \begin_inset space ~
23461 \begin_inset space ~
23467 \begin_layout Standard
23468 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23469 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23470 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23471 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23475 \begin_layout Standard
23476 We have three arguments and name the macro
23477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23484 , so that the command is:
23487 \begin_layout Standard
23494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23519 \begin_layout Standard
23520 This results in the following macro definition box:
23521 \begin_inset Graphics
23522 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23527 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23528 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23529 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23533 \begin_inset Note Note
23536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23537 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23538 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23546 \begin_layout Standard
23547 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23548 the math panel or commands.
23549 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23550 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23561 for the first argument.
23562 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23563 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23564 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23565 in LyX with its full size.
23566 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23567 In our example we insert the sequence
23568 \begin_inset Newline newline
23596 \begin_inset Newline newline
23601 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23604 \begin_layout Standard
23605 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23620 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23623 \begin_layout Standard
23625 \begin_inset Graphics
23626 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23633 \begin_layout Standard
23634 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23635 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23636 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23637 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23638 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23641 \begin_layout Standard
23642 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23643 to the new definition.
23644 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23645 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23649 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23653 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23657 \begin_inset Formula \[
23665 \begin_layout Standard
23666 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23670 \begin_layout Standard
23684 \begin_inset Newline newline
23691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23717 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23720 \begin_layout Standard
23721 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23722 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23723 definition box in your document.
23724 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23726 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23728 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23733 \begin_layout Section
23737 \begin_layout Subsection
23742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23751 \begin_layout Standard
23752 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23753 To set a font in a formula, use the
23756 \begin_inset space ~
23762 \begin_inset Graphics
23763 filename ../images/math/font.png
23767 , or enter its command, listed in table
23768 \begin_inset space ~
23772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23774 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23781 \begin_layout Standard
23782 \begin_inset Float table
23787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23788 \begin_inset Caption
23790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23791 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23793 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23797 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23807 \begin_inset Tabular
23808 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23810 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23811 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23843 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23870 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23897 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23930 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23957 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23984 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24018 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24045 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24079 \begin_layout Standard
24080 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24088 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24104 \begin_layout Standard
24105 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24106 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24111 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24112 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24113 Here an example where a
24114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24125 denotes the set of numbers:
24126 \begin_inset Formula \[
24127 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24134 \begin_layout Standard
24135 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24146 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24150 \begin_inset Newline newline
24153 So better don't use this feature.
24156 \begin_layout Standard
24157 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24158 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24162 \begin_inset Newline newline
24165 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24171 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24172 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24178 \begin_layout Standard
24185 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24188 \begin_layout Standard
24189 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24191 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24192 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24194 \begin_inset space ~
24202 \begin_layout Subsection
24207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24216 \begin_layout Standard
24217 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24219 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24223 \begin_inset space ~
24227 \begin_inset space ~
24235 \begin_inset space ~
24241 \begin_inset Graphics
24242 filename ../images/math/font.png
24246 (alternatively the shortcut
24249 \begin_inset space ~
24255 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24256 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24257 Here is an example:
24258 \begin_inset Formula \[
24260 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24261 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24268 \begin_layout Subsection
24273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24282 \begin_layout Standard
24283 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24284 automatically chosen in most situations.
24302 For most characters,
24310 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24311 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24316 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24317 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24318 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24319 \begin_inset Graphics
24320 filename ../images/math/style.png
24325 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24326 For example, you can set
24327 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24330 , which is normally in
24339 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24343 The four styles are used in the following example:
24346 \begin_layout Standard
24347 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24351 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24355 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24359 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24365 \begin_layout Standard
24366 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24367 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24369 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24371 \begin_inset space ~
24376 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24377 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24378 will be adjusted to correspond.
24379 As example a formula in the font size
24380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24390 \begin_layout Standard
24394 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24400 \begin_layout Section
24404 \begin_layout Standard
24405 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24406 the document classes and into layout modules.
24410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24416 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24417 other than the AMS classes.
24419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24421 reference "sub:Modules"
24425 for more on layout modules.
24428 \begin_layout Section
24433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24452 \begin_layout Standard
24453 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24454 (AMS) that are in common use.
24457 \begin_layout Subsection
24458 Enabling AMS-Support
24461 \begin_layout Standard
24462 Selecting the checkbox
24465 \begin_inset space ~
24469 \begin_inset space ~
24473 \begin_inset space ~
24480 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24488 Document ! Settings
24496 \begin_inset space ~
24501 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24503 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24504 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24507 \begin_layout Subsection
24509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24511 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24520 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24528 \begin_layout Standard
24529 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24530 LyX allows you to choose between
24551 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24554 \begin_layout Chapter
24558 \begin_layout Section
24563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24572 name "sec:Cross-References"
24579 \begin_layout Standard
24580 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24581 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24583 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24584 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24585 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24588 \begin_layout Enumerate
24592 \begin_layout Enumerate
24593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24595 name "enu:Second-item"
24602 \begin_layout Enumerate
24606 \begin_layout Standard
24607 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24609 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24612 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24613 \begin_inset Graphics
24614 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24620 A grey label box like this:
24621 \begin_inset Graphics
24622 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24627 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24628 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24663 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24664 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24679 \begin_layout Standard
24680 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24682 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24685 or the toolbar button
24686 \begin_inset Graphics
24687 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24693 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24694 \begin_inset Graphics
24695 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24700 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24702 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24715 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24717 Here is our cross-reference:
24720 \begin_layout Standard
24722 \begin_inset space ~
24726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24728 reference "enu:Second-item"
24735 \begin_layout Standard
24736 It is recommended to use a protected space
24740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24741 described in section
24742 \begin_inset space ~
24746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24748 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24757 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24761 \begin_layout Standard
24762 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24765 \begin_layout Description
24766 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24769 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24776 \begin_layout Description
24777 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24778 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24790 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24797 \begin_layout Description
24798 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24799 \begin_inset space ~
24803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24804 LatexCommand pageref
24805 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24812 \begin_layout Description
24814 \begin_inset space ~
24818 \begin_inset space ~
24821 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24823 LatexCommand vpageref
24824 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24831 \begin_layout Description
24833 \begin_inset space ~
24837 \begin_inset space ~
24841 \begin_inset space ~
24844 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24848 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24855 \begin_layout Description
24857 \begin_inset space ~
24860 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24861 \begin_inset Newline newline
24865 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24873 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24882 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24895 \begin_layout Standard
24896 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24897 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24899 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24903 \begin_inset space ~
24907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24921 \begin_layout Standard
24922 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24923 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24924 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24928 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24932 \begin_layout Standard
24933 You can only use the style
24937 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24941 is always possible.
24944 \begin_layout Standard
24945 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24946 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24947 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24948 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24949 \begin_inset space ~
24953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24955 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24962 \begin_layout Standard
24966 \begin_inset space ~
24970 \begin_inset space ~
24975 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24976 The button text changes then to
24979 \begin_inset space ~
24984 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24985 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24986 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24990 \begin_layout Standard
24991 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24992 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24993 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24996 \begin_layout Standard
24997 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24998 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25001 \begin_layout Standard
25002 References are described in detail in the
25009 \begin_layout Section
25010 Table of Contents and other Listings
25014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25031 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25040 \begin_layout Subsection
25042 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25044 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25051 \begin_layout Standard
25052 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25054 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25055 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25057 \begin_inset space ~
25061 \begin_inset space ~
25067 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25068 If you click on it, the
25072 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25073 sections in your documents.
25074 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25076 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25079 that is described in sec.
25080 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25086 reference "sec:Navigating"
25093 \begin_layout Standard
25094 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25095 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25097 \begin_inset space ~
25101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25103 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25107 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25109 \begin_inset space ~
25113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25115 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25119 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25121 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25124 \begin_layout Subsection
25125 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25128 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25135 \begin_layout Standard
25136 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25137 You can insert them via the
25139 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25141 \begin_inset space ~
25145 \begin_inset space ~
25151 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25154 \begin_layout Section
25155 URLs and Hyperlinks
25159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25185 \begin_layout Subsection
25189 \begin_layout Standard
25190 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25192 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25198 \begin_layout Standard
25199 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25200 \begin_inset Flex URL
25203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25213 \begin_layout Standard
25214 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25220 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25224 \begin_layout Standard
25225 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25233 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25241 \begin_layout Subsection
25245 \begin_layout Standard
25246 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25248 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25251 or with the toolbar button
25252 \begin_inset Graphics
25253 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25254 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25259 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25268 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25269 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25270 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25272 name "LyX's homepage"
25273 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25277 , an Email address like this:
25278 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25280 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25281 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25286 , or a link to a file.
25289 \begin_layout Standard
25290 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25303 to the link target.
25306 \begin_layout Standard
25307 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25308 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25309 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25310 the text style dialog.
25311 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25315 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25317 name "LyX's homepage"
25318 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25325 \begin_layout Standard
25326 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25330 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25332 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25333 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25337 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25339 \begin_inset Newline newline
25347 \begin_inset Newline newline
25354 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25357 \begin_layout Section
25362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25369 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25371 name "sec:Appendices"
25378 \begin_layout Standard
25379 Appendices are created with the menu
25381 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25383 \begin_inset space ~
25387 \begin_inset space ~
25393 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25394 as appendix region.
25395 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25398 \begin_layout Standard
25399 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25400 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25401 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25402 and the subsection number.
25403 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25407 \begin_layout Standard
25409 \begin_inset space ~
25413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25415 reference "cha:Credits"
25420 \begin_inset space ~
25424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25426 reference "sub:Export"
25433 \begin_layout Section
25438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25447 name "sec:Bibliography"
25454 \begin_layout Standard
25455 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25456 You can include a bibliography database
25460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25461 Known under the name
25462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25474 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25476 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25480 , described in section
25481 \begin_inset space ~
25485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25487 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25494 \begin_layout Standard
25499 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25501 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25510 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25512 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25521 , a short form of its title, as key.
25524 \begin_layout Standard
25525 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25527 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25530 or the toolbar button
25531 \begin_inset Graphics
25532 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25533 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25538 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25539 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25540 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25541 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25545 \begin_layout Standard
25546 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25547 with surrounding brackets.
25552 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25553 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25565 \begin_layout Standard
25568 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25571 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25573 key "latexcompanion"
25580 \begin_layout Standard
25581 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25582 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25591 \begin_layout Subsection
25592 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25597 Bibliography ! Databases
25606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25607 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25615 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25622 \begin_layout Standard
25623 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25625 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25627 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25628 your working field in a database.
25629 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25630 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25633 \begin_layout Standard
25634 The database is a text file with the file extension
25635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25646 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25647 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25648 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25650 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25655 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25657 \begin_inset Newline newline
25661 \begin_inset Flex URL
25664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25666 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25672 \begin_inset Newline newline
25675 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25678 \begin_layout Standard
25679 To use a database, use the menu
25681 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25686 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25699 \begin_inset space ~
25705 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25706 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25709 \begin_layout Standard
25710 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25722 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25723 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25724 take care of the layout.
25727 \begin_layout Standard
25728 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25731 \begin_layout Standard
25732 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25738 \begin_layout Standard
25739 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25741 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25775 \begin_inset space ~
25781 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25789 \begin_layout Standard
25790 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25796 \begin_layout Standard
25797 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25798 the two methods of creating them.
25799 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25800 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25801 We used the style file
25805 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25808 \begin_layout Subsection
25809 Bibliography layout
25813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25814 Bibliography ! Layout
25822 \begin_layout Standard
25823 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25824 For this feature you need to use the option
25830 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25838 Document ! Settings
25848 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25849 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25850 in the previous section.
25853 \begin_layout Standard
25854 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25855 in the citation reference window.
25856 Here an example where we set the text
25857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25861 \begin_inset space ~
25865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25868 to appear after the reference:
25871 \begin_layout Standard
25873 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25876 key "latexcompanion"
25883 \begin_layout Section
25888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25895 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25904 \begin_layout Standard
25905 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25909 \begin_inset space ~
25914 or the toolbar button
25915 \begin_inset Graphics
25916 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25917 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25934 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25935 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25936 by LyX as index entry.
25939 \begin_layout Standard
25940 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25941 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25943 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25945 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25952 \begin_layout Standard
25953 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25956 \begin_layout Standard
25957 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25959 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25961 \begin_inset space ~
25965 \begin_inset space ~
25968 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25970 \begin_inset space ~
25976 A light blue box labeled
25977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25988 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25989 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25992 \begin_layout Subsection
25993 Grouping Index Entries
25997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26006 \begin_layout Standard
26007 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26009 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26010 lists under the entry
26011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26019 First we create the entry
26020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26028 \begin_inset space ~
26032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26034 reference "sub:Lists"
26039 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26040 \begin_inset space ~
26044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26046 reference "sec:Itemize"
26050 , we insert the command
26053 \begin_layout Standard
26059 \begin_layout Standard
26063 \begin_layout Standard
26069 \begin_layout Standard
26070 for the enumerated list in section
26071 \begin_inset space ~
26075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26077 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26084 \begin_layout Standard
26085 The exclamation mark
26086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26093 marks the grouping levels.
26094 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26095 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26096 If we don't have an index entry for
26097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26104 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26107 \begin_layout Subsection
26112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26113 Index ! Page ranges
26121 \begin_layout Standard
26122 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26124 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26125 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26127 \begin_inset space ~
26131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26133 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26140 \begin_layout Standard
26143 Paragraph environments|(
26146 \begin_layout Standard
26147 and another entry at the end of section
26148 \begin_inset space ~
26152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26154 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26161 \begin_layout Standard
26164 Paragraph environments|)
26167 \begin_layout Standard
26169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26192 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26193 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26194 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26195 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26196 An example is the index entry
26197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26200 Document ! Settings
26201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26207 \begin_layout Subsection
26212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26213 Index ! Cross referencing
26221 \begin_layout Standard
26222 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26223 We referred for example in the index entry
26224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26232 \begin_inset space ~
26236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26238 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26242 ) to the index entry
26243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26250 in the same section using the entry
26253 \begin_layout Standard
26256 GIF|see{Image formats}
26259 \begin_layout Standard
26260 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26261 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26262 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26265 \begin_layout Subsection
26270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26271 Index ! Entry order
26279 \begin_layout Standard
26280 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26281 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26282 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26287 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26289 \begin_inset space ~
26293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26295 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26304 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26305 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26334 Dummy entries ! maïs
26343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26344 Dummy entries ! maître
26353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26354 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26359 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26360 order maïs, maison, maître.
26361 To achieve this, we use the command
26364 \begin_layout Standard
26367 previous entry@current entry
26370 \begin_layout Standard
26371 In our case we want to have
26372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26387 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26390 \begin_layout Standard
26396 \begin_layout Standard
26397 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26398 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26402 \begin_layout Subsection
26407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26408 Index ! Entry layout
26416 \begin_layout Standard
26417 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26424 This is an italic dummy entry
26429 You can also format the page number using the character
26430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26437 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26438 We can write for example
26441 \begin_layout Standard
26444 italic page number:|textit
26447 \begin_layout Standard
26448 to get the page number in italic.
26452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26453 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26458 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26476 \begin_inset space ~
26482 Have a look at section
26483 \begin_inset space ~
26487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26489 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26493 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26496 \begin_layout Standard
26497 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26505 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26509 to generate the index, see section
26510 \begin_inset space ~
26514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26516 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26525 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26526 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26528 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26531 key "latexcompanion"
26543 \begin_layout Standard
26544 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26546 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26547 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26548 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26549 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26550 If so, put the following in preamble
26553 \begin_layout Standard
26565 \begin_layout Standard
26569 \begin_layout Standard
26575 \begin_layout Standard
26576 into the index entry.
26580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26581 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26586 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26587 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26588 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26591 \begin_layout Standard
26592 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26594 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26598 \begin_inset space ~
26601 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26602 for all index entries.
26603 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26615 documentation for details,
26616 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26618 key "makeindex,xindy"
26625 \begin_layout Subsection
26630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26637 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26639 name "sub:Index-Program"
26646 \begin_layout Standard
26647 When the index entry program
26651 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26652 generation, otherwise the program
26656 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26657 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26658 dialog, see section
26659 \begin_inset space ~
26663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26665 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26670 The available options are listed and explained in
26671 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26673 key "makeindex,xindy"
26678 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26681 \begin_layout Standard
26686 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26687 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26689 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26691 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26692 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26700 \begin_layout Section
26701 Nomenclature / Glossary
26705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26744 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26746 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26753 \begin_layout Standard
26754 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26755 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26759 \begin_layout Standard
26760 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26769 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26775 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26776 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26782 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26785 \begin_layout Standard
26786 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26787 and then use the menu
26789 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26795 \begin_inset space ~
26800 or the toolbar button
26801 \begin_inset Graphics
26802 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26803 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26820 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26823 \begin_layout Standard
26824 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26825 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26826 The second is the description of the symbol.
26829 \begin_layout Standard
26830 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26838 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26846 \begin_layout Subsection
26847 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26852 Nomenclature ! Layout
26860 \begin_layout Standard
26861 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26865 field as LaTeX-formula.
26867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26871 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26879 \begin_inset Newline newline
26887 \begin_inset Newline newline
26893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26900 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26901 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26913 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26923 \begin_layout Standard
26924 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26925 \begin_inset space ~
26929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26931 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26938 \begin_layout Standard
26942 \begin_inset space ~
26947 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26948 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26953 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26960 in this document is:
26961 \begin_inset Newline newline
26966 dummy entry for the character
26971 \begin_inset Newline newline
26983 \begin_inset space ~
26993 font use the command
27022 \begin_layout Subsection
27023 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27028 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27036 \begin_layout Standard
27037 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27038 the symbol definition.
27039 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27040 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27043 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27044 LatexCommand nomenclature
27046 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27053 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27057 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27058 LatexCommand nomenclature
27061 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27066 They will be sorted by
27067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27093 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27096 will be sorted before the
27100 since the character
27101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27108 is considered in sorting.
27111 \begin_layout Standard
27112 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27115 \begin_inset space ~
27120 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27121 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27123 For the given example, you can insert
27127 to this field for the
27128 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27135 will be located before
27136 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27142 \begin_layout Standard
27143 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27148 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27157 \begin_layout Subsection
27158 Nomenclature Options
27162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27163 Nomenclature ! Options
27171 \begin_layout Standard
27176 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27177 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27180 \begin_layout Description
27181 refeq Appends the phrase
27182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27197 to every nomenclature entry, where
27203 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27206 \begin_layout Description
27207 refpage Appends the phrase
27208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27223 to every nomenclature entry, where
27229 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27232 \begin_layout Description
27233 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27236 \begin_layout Standard
27237 There are furthermore the options
27281 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27285 \begin_layout Standard
27286 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27287 class options list in the
27289 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27293 In this document the options
27304 \begin_layout Standard
27305 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27311 \begin_layout Standard
27312 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27313 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27318 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27321 \begin_layout Description
27331 \begin_layout Description
27334 nomrefpage Like the
27341 \begin_layout Description
27344 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27353 \begin_layout Description
27357 \begin_inset space ~
27363 \begin_inset space ~
27368 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27371 \begin_layout Subsection
27372 Printing the Nomenclature
27376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27377 Nomenclature ! Printing
27385 \begin_layout Standard
27386 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27388 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27390 \begin_inset space ~
27394 \begin_inset space ~
27397 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27401 A light blue box labeled
27402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27413 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27414 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27417 \begin_layout Standard
27418 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27427 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27435 For example, in order to change the name to
27439 , add the following line to the preamble:
27442 \begin_layout Standard
27450 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27453 \begin_layout Standard
27454 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27460 \begin_layout Standard
27461 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27462 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27465 \begin_layout Standard
27473 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27476 \begin_layout Standard
27479 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27480 \begin_inset space ~
27484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27486 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27491 The default value is 1
27492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27498 \begin_layout Section
27503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27514 Document ! Branches
27520 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27522 name "sec:Branches"
27529 \begin_layout Standard
27530 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27531 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27532 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27533 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27536 \begin_layout Standard
27537 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27538 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27539 To create a branch, go in the
27541 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27549 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27550 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27553 \begin_layout Standard
27554 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27555 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27557 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27560 where you can choose a branch.
27561 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27565 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27566 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27569 \begin_layout Standard
27570 \begin_inset Branch Question
27573 \begin_layout Standard
27574 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27582 \begin_layout Standard
27583 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27586 \begin_layout Standard
27587 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27595 \begin_layout Standard
27596 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27602 \begin_layout Standard
27603 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27604 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27606 For example you can define for the question branch
27610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27611 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27612 \begin_inset space ~
27616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27618 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27630 \begin_layout Standard
27640 \begin_layout Standard
27650 \begin_layout Standard
27651 and for the answer branch
27654 \begin_layout Standard
27664 \begin_layout Standard
27674 \begin_layout Standard
27675 \begin_inset Branch Question
27678 \begin_layout Standard
27682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27710 \begin_layout Standard
27711 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27714 \begin_layout Standard
27718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27746 \begin_layout Standard
27747 Now it is possible to use the commands
27751 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27758 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27761 to obtain conditional output.
27762 Here is an example formula where only the
27769 \begin_inset Formula \[
27770 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27777 \begin_layout Standard
27778 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27779 \begin_inset space ~
27783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27785 reference "sec:math-macros"
27792 \begin_layout Section
27793 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27794 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27796 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27803 \begin_layout Subsection
27808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27817 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27824 \begin_layout Standard
27825 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27826 constructs, but not all.
27827 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27828 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27829 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27830 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27831 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27835 \begin_layout Standard
27836 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27838 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27840 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27842 \begin_inset space ~
27847 or by the toolbar button
27848 \begin_inset Graphics
27849 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27854 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27858 \begin_layout Standard
27859 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27860 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27861 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27868 , you can write the command part
27874 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27878 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27879 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27880 the following example:
27883 \begin_layout Standard
27884 \begin_inset Graphics
27885 filename clipart/ERT.png
27893 \begin_layout Standard
27897 \begin_layout Standard
27898 This is a line with a
27902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27925 \begin_layout Standard
27926 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27934 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27935 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27943 \begin_layout Subsection
27944 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27945 \begin_inset OptArg
27948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27965 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27967 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27974 \begin_layout Standard
27975 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27976 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27977 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27986 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27987 every time if you know the right commands.
27989 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27990 the end of the day.
27991 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27992 all caption labels bold.
27993 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27995 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27998 \begin_layout Standard
27999 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28000 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
28001 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28003 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28012 \begin_layout Standard
28013 As result you know that the package
28021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28022 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
28028 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28030 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28036 \begin_layout Standard
28041 usepackage[options]{package name}
28044 \begin_layout Standard
28045 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28046 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28047 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28050 \begin_layout Standard
28051 In your case the package name is
28056 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28061 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28062 So you add the command
28065 \begin_layout Standard
28070 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28073 \begin_layout Standard
28074 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28079 For more commands provided by the
28083 package, have a look at its documentation,
28084 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28098 \begin_layout Standard
28099 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28101 For example if you use a
28105 class, you don't need the package
28109 , you can instead write
28112 \begin_layout Standard
28117 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28122 \begin_layout Standard
28123 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28124 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28125 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28132 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28135 \begin_layout Standard
28136 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28137 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28139 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28140 the previous section.
28143 \begin_layout Standard
28144 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28146 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28148 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28156 \begin_layout Section
28157 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28170 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28187 \begin_layout Standard
28188 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28189 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28190 to break your train of thought with
28192 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28198 \begin_layout Standard
28199 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28200 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28209 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28214 as explained below, and turn on
28217 \begin_inset space ~
28224 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28230 \begin_inset space ~
28234 \begin_inset space ~
28237 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28243 \begin_layout Standard
28244 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28246 Previews of an already loaded document are
28250 generated just by selecting the
28253 \begin_inset space ~
28258 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28261 \begin_layout Standard
28262 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28263 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28266 \begin_inset space ~
28271 check box in the insert dialog.
28272 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28276 \begin_layout Standard
28277 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28281 (on some systems named simply
28286 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28288 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28294 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28295 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28303 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28307 \begin_layout Standard
28308 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28314 \begin_layout Standard
28315 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28319 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28321 \begin_inset space ~
28326 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28327 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28329 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28330 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28331 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28332 the source view window.
28335 \begin_layout Section
28337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28339 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28356 \begin_layout Standard
28357 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28358 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28375 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28381 can be seen as successor of
28385 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28390 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28391 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28399 \begin_layout Standard
28400 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28401 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28408 \begin_layout Standard
28411 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28414 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28415 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28416 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28417 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28418 scrolled so that it is visible.
28423 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28425 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28429 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28430 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28433 \begin_layout Standard
28434 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28437 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28441 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28442 will bring an error message.
28443 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28444 specifying a different
28446 Alternative language
28448 in preferences dialog.
28451 \begin_layout Standard
28452 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28455 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28459 \begin_layout Standard
28460 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28461 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28463 But you can use the
28466 \begin_inset space ~
28470 \begin_inset space ~
28478 \begin_layout Standard
28479 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28480 This does work with
28484 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28487 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28491 \begin_layout Standard
28496 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28499 \begin_layout Description
28501 \begin_inset space ~
28504 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28505 should consider, e.g.
28506 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28507 This should not normally be needed.
28510 \begin_layout Description
28512 \begin_inset space ~
28515 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28516 as your personal dictionary
28519 \begin_layout Description
28521 \begin_inset space ~
28525 \begin_inset space ~
28528 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28540 \begin_layout Description
28542 \begin_inset space ~
28546 \begin_inset space ~
28549 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28551 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28558 also for the spellchecker.
28562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28563 The encodings are explained in section
28564 \begin_inset space ~
28568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28570 reference "sub:Settings"
28579 Only enable this if you use
28583 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28584 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28585 so this is disabled by default.
28588 \begin_layout Section
28593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28600 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28602 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28609 \begin_layout Standard
28610 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28613 \begin_layout Standard
28614 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28617 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28620 or the toolbar button
28621 \begin_inset Graphics
28622 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28623 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28624 rotateOrigin center
28629 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28633 \begin_layout Standard
28634 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28635 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28636 cases to find related words.
28639 \begin_layout Standard
28640 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28642 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28650 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28659 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28678 \begin_layout Section
28683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28694 Document ! Change Tracking
28700 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28702 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28709 \begin_layout Standard
28710 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28711 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28712 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28713 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28715 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28717 \begin_inset space ~
28720 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28722 \begin_inset space ~
28730 \begin_layout Standard
28731 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28740 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28743 \begin_inset space ~
28747 \begin_inset space ~
28760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28769 \begin_layout Standard
28770 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28783 \begin_layout Standard
28784 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28790 \begin_layout Standard
28791 \begin_inset Graphics
28792 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28799 \begin_layout Standard
28800 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28806 \begin_layout Standard
28807 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28811 \begin_layout Standard
28812 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28818 \begin_layout Standard
28819 \begin_inset Tabular
28820 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28821 <features islongtable="true">
28822 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28823 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28824 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28829 \begin_inset Graphics
28830 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28831 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28832 rotateOrigin center
28841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28847 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28849 \begin_inset space ~
28852 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28854 \begin_inset space ~
28863 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28868 \begin_inset Graphics
28869 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28870 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28871 rotateOrigin center
28880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28886 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28888 \begin_inset space ~
28891 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28893 \begin_inset space ~
28897 \begin_inset space ~
28901 \begin_inset space ~
28910 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28915 \begin_inset Graphics
28916 filename ../images/change-next.png
28917 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28918 rotateOrigin center
28927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28931 Jumps to the next change
28937 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28942 \begin_inset Graphics
28943 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28944 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28945 rotateOrigin center
28954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28960 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28962 \begin_inset space ~
28965 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28967 \begin_inset space ~
28976 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28981 \begin_inset Graphics
28982 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28983 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28984 rotateOrigin center
28993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28999 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29001 \begin_inset space ~
29004 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29006 \begin_inset space ~
29015 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29020 \begin_inset Graphics
29021 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29022 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29023 rotateOrigin center
29032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29038 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29040 \begin_inset space ~
29043 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29045 \begin_inset space ~
29054 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29059 \begin_inset Graphics
29060 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29061 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29062 rotateOrigin center
29071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29077 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29079 \begin_inset space ~
29082 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29084 \begin_inset space ~
29088 \begin_inset space ~
29097 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29102 \begin_inset Graphics
29103 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29104 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29105 rotateOrigin center
29114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29120 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29122 \begin_inset space ~
29125 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29127 \begin_inset space ~
29131 \begin_inset space ~
29140 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29145 \begin_inset Graphics
29146 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29147 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29148 rotateOrigin center
29157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29163 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29164 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29166 \begin_inset space ~
29175 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29180 \begin_inset Graphics
29181 filename ../images/note-next.png
29182 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29183 rotateOrigin center
29192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29198 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29200 \begin_inset space ~
29216 \begin_layout Standard
29217 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29223 \begin_layout Standard
29224 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29225 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29226 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29227 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29228 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29229 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29230 step to the next change.
29231 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29234 \begin_layout Standard
29235 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29236 to describe a change.
29239 \begin_layout Standard
29240 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29249 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29255 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29256 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29262 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29265 \begin_layout Section
29266 International Support
29270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29271 International support
29279 \begin_layout Standard
29280 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29281 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29282 how to set up LyX to use them:
29283 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29285 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29292 \begin_layout Standard
29293 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29294 \begin_inset space ~
29298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29300 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29307 \begin_layout Subsection
29312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29323 Document ! Settings
29332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29333 Document ! Language
29341 \begin_layout Standard
29344 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29347 dialog lets you set
29349 the language and character encoding for your language.
29353 \begin_layout Standard
29354 Choose your language in the
29358 section of this dialog.
29366 \begin_layout Standard
29371 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29375 use language's default encoding
29377 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29378 For details about the different encoding options see section
29379 \begin_inset space ~
29383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29385 reference "sub:Settings"
29392 \begin_layout Subsection
29393 Keyboard mapping configuration
29394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29396 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29403 \begin_layout Standard
29404 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29405 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29406 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29407 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29408 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29410 \begin_inset space ~
29414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29416 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29421 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29422 which one you want to use.
29425 \begin_layout Standard
29426 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29427 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29428 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29429 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29430 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29431 one to support the characters you want.
29432 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29439 \begin_layout Subsection
29441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29450 \begin_layout Standard
29452 \begin_inset space ~
29456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29458 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29467 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29471 \begin_layout Standard
29472 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29473 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29481 \begin_layout Itemize
29482 Even if you have selected
29488 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29491 dialog, users who have only the
29495 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29499 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29500 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29501 french quotes won't show up.
29504 \begin_layout Standard
29505 \begin_inset Float table
29510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29511 \begin_inset Caption
29513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29516 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29534 \begin_inset Tabular
29535 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29537 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29538 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29539 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29540 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29541 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29542 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29543 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29544 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29545 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29546 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29547 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29548 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29549 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29550 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29551 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29552 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29553 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33966 \begin_layout Standard
33967 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33969 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33970 also the characters from
33982 \begin_layout Itemize
33991 \begin_layout Standard
33992 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33993 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33999 \begin_layout Standard
34000 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34001 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34007 \begin_layout Standard
34008 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34009 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34015 \begin_layout Standard
34016 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34017 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34023 \begin_layout Standard
34025 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34031 \begin_layout Standard
34033 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34039 \begin_layout Standard
34041 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34048 \begin_layout Itemize
34061 \begin_layout Standard
34063 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34069 \begin_layout Standard
34071 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34077 \begin_layout Standard
34079 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34085 \begin_layout Standard
34087 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34093 \begin_layout Standard
34095 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34101 \begin_layout Standard
34103 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34110 \begin_layout Standard
34111 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34112 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34113 Also make sure you're using the
34120 \begin_layout Chapter
34123 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34125 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34132 \begin_layout Standard
34133 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34134 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34135 inside the user's guide.
34138 \begin_layout Section
34143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34152 \begin_layout Standard
34157 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34158 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34161 \begin_layout Subsection
34165 \begin_layout Standard
34166 Creates a new document.
34169 \begin_layout Subsection
34173 \begin_layout Standard
34174 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34175 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34176 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34179 \begin_layout Subsection
34183 \begin_layout Standard
34187 \begin_layout Subsection
34191 \begin_layout Standard
34192 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34193 Click there on a file to open it.
34196 \begin_layout Subsection
34200 \begin_layout Standard
34201 Closes the current document.
34204 \begin_layout Subsection
34208 \begin_layout Standard
34209 Saves the actual document.
34212 \begin_layout Subsection
34216 \begin_layout Standard
34217 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34220 \begin_layout Subsection
34224 \begin_layout Standard
34225 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34228 \begin_layout Subsection
34232 \begin_layout Standard
34233 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34234 It is described in the section
34236 Version Control in LyX
34241 \begin_inset space ~
34249 \begin_layout Subsection
34253 \begin_layout Standard
34254 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34255 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34256 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34259 \begin_layout Standard
34260 When using the menu
34263 \begin_inset space ~
34267 \begin_inset space ~
34272 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34273 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34274 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34275 will start a new paragraph.
34278 \begin_layout Subsection
34280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34289 \begin_layout Standard
34290 You can export your document to various file formats.
34291 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34292 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34293 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34296 \begin_layout Standard
34297 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34299 \begin_inset space ~
34303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34305 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34312 \begin_layout Description
34316 \begin_inset space ~
34321 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34322 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34325 \begin_layout Description
34333 \begin_layout Description
34334 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34338 \begin_layout Description
34340 \begin_inset space ~
34344 \begin_inset space ~
34347 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34351 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34359 \begin_layout Description
34366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34374 \begin_inset space ~
34379 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34380 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34384 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34387 \begin_layout Description
34394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34402 \begin_inset space ~
34407 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34408 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34416 \begin_layout Description
34418 \begin_inset space ~
34421 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34429 is replaced by the version number)
34432 \begin_layout Description
34433 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34446 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34450 \begin_layout Description
34455 PDF-format using the program
34460 \begin_layout Description
34464 \begin_inset space ~
34469 PDF-format using the program
34474 \begin_layout Description
34478 \begin_inset space ~
34483 PDF-format using the program
34488 \begin_layout Description
34492 \begin_inset space ~
34500 \begin_layout Description
34504 \begin_inset space ~
34508 \begin_inset space ~
34513 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34514 and then exported as text using the program
34519 \begin_layout Description
34524 PostScript format using the program
34529 \begin_layout Description
34537 \begin_layout Standard
34542 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34543 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34549 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34552 \begin_layout Standard
34553 If one of the menu entries
34560 \begin_inset space ~
34569 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34570 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34571 \begin_inset space ~
34575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34577 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34586 Reconfiguration of LyX
34594 \begin_layout Standard
34599 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34600 the export program.
34603 \begin_layout Subsection
34607 \begin_layout Standard
34608 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34609 or send it to a printer.
34610 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34611 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34617 For more informations have a look at section
34618 \begin_inset space ~
34622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34624 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34631 \begin_layout Subsection
34632 New and Close Window
34635 \begin_layout Standard
34636 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34637 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34640 \begin_layout Section
34645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34654 \begin_layout Subsection
34658 \begin_layout Standard
34659 Described in section
34660 \begin_inset space ~
34664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34666 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34673 \begin_layout Subsection
34674 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34677 \begin_layout Standard
34678 Described in section
34679 \begin_inset space ~
34683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34685 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34692 \begin_layout Subsection
34696 \begin_layout Standard
34697 Selects the whole document.
34700 \begin_layout Subsection
34704 \begin_layout Standard
34705 Described in section
34706 \begin_inset space ~
34710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34712 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34719 \begin_layout Subsection
34720 Move paragraph Up/Down
34723 \begin_layout Standard
34724 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34728 \begin_layout Subsection
34732 \begin_layout Standard
34733 Described in section
34734 \begin_inset space ~
34738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34740 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34747 \begin_layout Subsection
34752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34753 Paragraph ! Settings
34761 \begin_layout Standard
34762 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34764 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34767 \begin_layout Standard
34768 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34769 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34772 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34778 \begin_inset space ~
34786 \begin_layout Subsection
34790 \begin_layout Standard
34791 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34792 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34793 The properties of tables are described in section
34794 \begin_inset space ~
34798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34800 reference "sec:Tables"
34804 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34805 \begin_inset space ~
34809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34811 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34818 \begin_layout Subsection
34819 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34822 \begin_layout Standard
34823 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34825 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34826 \begin_inset space ~
34830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34832 reference "sec:Nesting"
34837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34839 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34846 \begin_layout Section
34851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34860 \begin_layout Standard
34865 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34866 document with an external program.
34867 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34868 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34869 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34870 \begin_inset space ~
34874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34876 reference "sub:Export"
34881 You should at least see the menu entries
34888 \begin_inset space ~
34894 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34895 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34896 \begin_inset space ~
34900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34902 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34911 Reconfiguration of LyX
34919 \begin_layout Standard
34920 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34921 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34922 \begin_inset space ~
34926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34928 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34933 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34936 \begin_layout Standard
34937 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34940 At the bottom of the
34944 menu the opened documents are listed.
34947 \begin_layout Subsection
34951 \begin_layout Standard
34952 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34954 \begin_inset space ~
34958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34960 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34967 \begin_layout Subsection
34971 \begin_layout Standard
34972 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34973 opening a new view window.
34976 \begin_layout Subsection
34978 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34980 name "sub:Toolbars"
34988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34997 \begin_layout Standard
34998 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34999 All toolbars and the
35002 \begin_inset space ~
35007 can be turned on and off.
35012 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35024 \begin_inset space ~
35033 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35037 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35044 \begin_layout Standard
35049 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35053 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35054 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35055 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35056 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35057 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35060 \begin_layout Standard
35061 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35062 \begin_inset space ~
35066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35068 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35075 \begin_layout Section
35080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35089 \begin_layout Subsection
35093 \begin_layout Standard
35094 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35095 \begin_inset space ~
35099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35101 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35108 \begin_layout Subsection
35110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35112 name "sub:Special-Character"
35119 \begin_layout Standard
35120 Here you can insert the following characters:
35123 \begin_layout Description
35124 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35128 \begin_layout Description
35130 \begin_inset space ~
35134 \begin_inset space ~
35137 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35138 \begin_inset space ~
35142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35144 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35151 \begin_layout Description
35153 \begin_inset space ~
35156 Quote Inserts this quote:
35157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35160 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35162 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35172 \begin_layout Description
35174 \begin_inset space ~
35177 Quote Inserts this quote:
35178 \begin_inset Quotes els
35184 \begin_layout Description
35186 \begin_inset space ~
35189 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35193 \begin_layout Description
35195 \begin_inset space ~
35202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35213 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35218 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35219 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35220 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35229 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35235 \begin_inset Newline newline
35238 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35242 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35250 and this Wiki-page:
35251 \begin_inset Newline newline
35255 \begin_inset Flex URL
35258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35260 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35268 \begin_layout Subsection
35272 \begin_layout Standard
35273 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35276 \begin_layout Description
35277 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35278 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35284 \begin_layout Description
35285 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35286 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35292 \begin_layout Description
35294 \begin_inset space ~
35297 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35298 \begin_inset space ~
35302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35304 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35311 \begin_layout Description
35313 \begin_inset space ~
35316 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35317 \begin_inset space ~
35321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35323 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35330 \begin_layout Description
35332 \begin_inset space ~
35335 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35336 \begin_inset space ~
35340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35342 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35349 \begin_layout Description
35351 \begin_inset space ~
35354 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
35355 \begin_inset space ~
35359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35361 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35368 \begin_layout Description
35370 \begin_inset space ~
35373 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35374 \begin_inset space ~
35378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35380 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35387 \begin_layout Description
35389 \begin_inset space ~
35392 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35393 \begin_inset space ~
35397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35399 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35406 \begin_layout Description
35408 \begin_inset space ~
35411 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35412 \begin_inset space ~
35416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35418 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35425 \begin_layout Description
35427 \begin_inset space ~
35430 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35431 \begin_inset space ~
35435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35437 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35444 \begin_layout Description
35446 \begin_inset space ~
35449 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35450 \begin_inset space ~
35454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35456 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
35463 \begin_layout Description
35465 \begin_inset space ~
35468 Break Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35469 \begin_inset space ~
35473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35475 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
35482 \begin_layout Description
35484 \begin_inset space ~
35487 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35488 \begin_inset space ~
35492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35494 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35501 \begin_layout Description
35503 \begin_inset space ~
35507 \begin_inset space ~
35510 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35511 \begin_inset space ~
35515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35517 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35524 \begin_layout Subsection
35528 \begin_layout Standard
35529 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35530 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35532 \begin_inset space ~
35536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35538 reference "sec:toc"
35543 The index list is described in section
35544 \begin_inset space ~
35548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35550 reference "sec:Index"
35554 , the nomenclature in section
35555 \begin_inset space ~
35559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35561 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35565 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35566 \begin_inset space ~
35570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35572 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35579 \begin_layout Subsection
35583 \begin_layout Standard
35584 To insert floats, described in section
35585 \begin_inset space ~
35589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35591 reference "sec:Floats"
35598 \begin_layout Subsection
35602 \begin_layout Standard
35603 To insert notes, described in section
35604 \begin_inset space ~
35608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35610 reference "sec:Notes"
35617 \begin_layout Subsection
35621 \begin_layout Standard
35622 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35623 \begin_inset space ~
35627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35629 reference "sec:Branches"
35636 \begin_layout Subsection
35641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35650 \begin_layout Standard
35651 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35652 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35663 \begin_layout Subsection
35668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35677 \begin_layout Standard
35678 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35679 \begin_inset space ~
35683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35685 reference "sec:Minipages"
35690 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35701 \begin_layout Subsection
35705 \begin_layout Standard
35706 Inserts a citation as described in section
35707 \begin_inset space ~
35711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35713 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35720 \begin_layout Subsection
35724 \begin_layout Standard
35725 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35726 \begin_inset space ~
35730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35732 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35739 \begin_layout Subsection
35743 \begin_layout Standard
35744 Inserts a label as described in section
35745 \begin_inset space ~
35749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35751 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35758 \begin_layout Subsection
35763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35774 Longtables ! Caption
35782 \begin_layout Standard
35783 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35784 Floats are described in section
35785 \begin_inset space ~
35789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35791 reference "sec:Floats"
35795 , cations in longtables are described in section
35806 \begin_layout Subsection
35810 \begin_layout Standard
35811 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35812 \begin_inset space ~
35816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35818 reference "sec:Index"
35825 \begin_layout Subsection
35829 \begin_layout Standard
35830 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35831 \begin_inset space ~
35835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35837 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35844 \begin_layout Subsection
35848 \begin_layout Standard
35850 Tables are described in section
35851 \begin_inset space ~
35855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35857 reference "sec:Tables"
35864 \begin_layout Subsection
35868 \begin_layout Standard
35870 Graphics are described in section
35871 \begin_inset space ~
35875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35877 reference "sec:Graphics"
35884 \begin_layout Subsection
35888 \begin_layout Standard
35889 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35890 \begin_inset space ~
35894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35896 reference "sec:URL"
35903 \begin_layout Subsection
35907 \begin_layout Standard
35908 Inserts a footnote, see section
35909 \begin_inset space ~
35913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35915 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35922 \begin_layout Subsection
35926 \begin_layout Standard
35927 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35928 \begin_inset space ~
35932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35934 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35941 \begin_layout Subsection
35945 \begin_layout Standard
35946 Inserts a short title, see section
35947 \begin_inset space ~
35951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35953 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35960 \begin_layout Subsection
35964 \begin_layout Standard
35965 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35966 \begin_inset space ~
35970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35972 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
35979 \begin_layout Subsection
35984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35993 \begin_layout Standard
35994 Inserts a program listings box.
35995 Program listings are explained in chapter
35997 Program Code Listings
36006 \begin_layout Subsection
36010 \begin_layout Standard
36011 Inserts the actual date.
36012 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
36014 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36024 There the different methods are also compared.
36027 \begin_layout Section
36032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36041 \begin_layout Standard
36042 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
36043 the current document.
36044 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36047 \begin_layout Standard
36048 The Navigate menu also offers to
36051 \begin_layout Subsection
36055 \begin_layout Standard
36056 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36057 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36060 \begin_inset space ~
36064 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36065 \begin_inset space ~
36068 2.5 and use the menu
36071 \begin_inset space ~
36075 \begin_inset space ~
36082 \begin_inset space ~
36088 \begin_inset space ~
36092 \begin_inset space ~
36098 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36110 \begin_layout Standard
36111 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36112 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36115 \begin_layout Subsection
36116 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36119 \begin_layout Standard
36120 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36124 \begin_layout Subsection
36128 \begin_layout Standard
36129 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36130 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36131 on a cross-reference box.
36134 \begin_layout Section
36139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36148 \begin_layout Subsection
36152 \begin_layout Standard
36153 Change Tracking is described in section
36154 \begin_inset space ~
36158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36160 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36167 \begin_layout Subsection
36172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36182 \begin_layout Standard
36183 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36185 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36188 \begin_layout Standard
36189 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36194 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36197 \begin_layout Subsection
36201 \begin_layout Standard
36202 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36203 \begin_inset space ~
36207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36209 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36216 \begin_layout Subsection
36217 Start Appendix Here
36220 \begin_layout Standard
36221 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36222 position as described in section
36223 \begin_inset space ~
36227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36229 reference "sec:Appendices"
36236 \begin_layout Subsection
36240 \begin_layout Standard
36241 Un/compresses the actual document.
36244 \begin_layout Subsection
36246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36248 name "sub:Settings"
36256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36257 Document ! Settings
36265 \begin_layout Standard
36266 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36268 You can save your document settings as default with the
36270 Save as Document Defaults
36272 button in the dialog.
36273 This will create a template named
36277 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36281 \begin_layout Standard
36282 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36285 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36289 \begin_layout Standard
36290 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
36291 Document classes are described in section
36292 \begin_inset space ~
36296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36298 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36303 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36308 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36309 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36312 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36316 \begin_layout Standard
36317 The document font settings are described in section
36318 \begin_inset space ~
36322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36324 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36331 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36335 \begin_layout Standard
36336 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36338 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36342 \begin_layout Standard
36343 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36344 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36345 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36348 \begin_layout Standard
36349 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36357 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36361 \begin_layout Standard
36362 A description of this menu is given in section
36363 \begin_inset space ~
36367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36369 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36376 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36383 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36387 \begin_layout Standard
36388 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36389 \begin_inset space ~
36393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36395 reference "sub:Margins"
36402 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36408 Language ! Encoding
36416 \begin_layout Standard
36417 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36418 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36419 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36420 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36421 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36422 known for a particular character).
36426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36427 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36428 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36433 manual for details.
36441 \begin_layout Standard
36442 If you use the option
36444 use language's default encoding
36446 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36448 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36449 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36450 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36451 exactly one encoding.
36452 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36461 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36462 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36464 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36465 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36479 \begin_layout Standard
36480 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36481 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36482 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36483 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36484 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36485 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
36488 use language's default encoding
36490 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36491 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
36492 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36495 \begin_layout Standard
36496 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36499 \begin_layout Description
36501 \begin_inset space ~
36506 use language's default encoding
36508 , but the LaTeX-package
36516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36517 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36523 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
36524 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
36525 languages in TeX code.
36528 \begin_layout Description
36529 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36532 \begin_layout Description
36533 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36534 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36537 \begin_layout Description
36538 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36541 \begin_layout Description
36542 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36545 \begin_layout Description
36546 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36549 \begin_layout Description
36550 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36553 \begin_layout Description
36554 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36557 \begin_layout Description
36558 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36559 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36562 \begin_layout Description
36563 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36564 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36567 \begin_layout Description
36568 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36571 \begin_layout Description
36572 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36575 \begin_layout Description
36576 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36579 \begin_layout Description
36580 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36583 \begin_layout Description
36584 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36585 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36586 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36590 \begin_layout Description
36591 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36592 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36595 \begin_layout Description
36596 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36600 \begin_layout Description
36601 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36604 \begin_layout Description
36605 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36606 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36609 \begin_layout Description
36610 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36611 the euro currency sign, the
36615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36624 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36625 be the replacement for latin1
36628 \begin_layout Description
36629 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36632 \begin_layout Description
36633 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
36641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36642 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36648 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
36652 \begin_layout Description
36653 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
36661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36662 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! ucs
36667 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
36670 \begin_layout Description
36671 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36680 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36685 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36688 \begin_layout Description
36689 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36693 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36702 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36703 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36717 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36721 \begin_layout Standard
36722 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36724 \begin_inset space ~
36728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36730 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36737 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36741 \begin_layout Standard
36742 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36751 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36765 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36771 For a further description see section
36772 \begin_inset space ~
36776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36778 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36785 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36789 \begin_layout Standard
36790 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36799 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36813 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36818 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36821 \begin_layout Standard
36826 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36827 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36830 \begin_layout Standard
36835 is used for special integral characters.
36838 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36842 \begin_layout Standard
36843 The float placement options are described in section
36844 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36850 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36857 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36861 \begin_layout Standard
36862 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36863 The itemize environment is described in section
36864 \begin_inset space ~
36868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36870 reference "sec:Itemize"
36877 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36881 \begin_layout Standard
36882 Branches are described in section
36883 \begin_inset space ~
36887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36889 reference "sec:Branches"
36896 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36911 \begin_layout Standard
36912 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
36913 to define LaTeX-commands.
36914 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36915 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36919 \begin_layout Standard
36920 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36921 \begin_inset space ~
36925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36927 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36934 \begin_layout Section
36939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36948 \begin_layout Subsection
36952 \begin_layout Standard
36953 Spell checking is explained in section
36954 \begin_inset space ~
36958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36960 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36967 \begin_layout Subsection
36971 \begin_layout Standard
36972 The thesaurus is described in section
36973 \begin_inset space ~
36977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36979 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36986 \begin_layout Subsection
36991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37000 \begin_layout Standard
37001 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
37005 \begin_layout Subsection
37010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37019 \begin_layout Standard
37020 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37023 \begin_layout Subsection
37028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37029 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37040 Reconfiguration of LyX
37044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37061 Reconfiguration of LyX
37069 \begin_layout Standard
37070 This menu reconfigures LyX.
37071 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
37072 \begin_inset space ~
37076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37078 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37085 \begin_layout Subsection
37089 \begin_layout Standard
37090 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
37091 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37097 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37104 \begin_layout Section
37109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37118 \begin_layout Standard
37119 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37123 \begin_layout Standard
37127 \begin_inset space ~
37132 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37133 found by LyX (see also section
37134 \begin_inset space ~
37138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37140 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37147 \begin_layout Section
37149 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37151 name "sec:Toolbars"
37158 \begin_layout Standard
37159 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37160 \begin_inset space ~
37164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37166 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37173 \begin_layout Standard
37174 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37175 This is described in the
37182 \begin_layout Subsection
37187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37196 \begin_layout Standard
37197 \begin_inset Graphics
37198 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37206 \begin_layout Standard
37207 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37213 \begin_layout Standard
37214 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37231 \begin_inset Note Note
37234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37235 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37240 manual for more information.
37248 \begin_layout Standard
37249 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37255 \begin_layout Standard
37256 \begin_inset Tabular
37257 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37258 <features islongtable="true">
37259 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37260 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37266 \begin_inset Graphics
37267 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37281 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
37294 \begin_layout Standard
37295 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37301 \begin_layout Standard
37303 \begin_inset Tabular
37304 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37305 <features islongtable="true">
37306 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37307 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37308 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37315 \begin_inset Graphics
37316 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37317 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37332 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37339 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37344 \begin_inset Graphics
37345 filename ../images/file-open.png
37346 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37361 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37368 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37373 \begin_inset Graphics
37374 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37375 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37390 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37397 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37402 \begin_inset Graphics
37403 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37404 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37419 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37426 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37431 \begin_inset Graphics
37432 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37448 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37455 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37460 \begin_inset Graphics
37461 filename ../images/undo.png
37462 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37477 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37484 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37489 \begin_inset Graphics
37490 filename ../images/redo.png
37491 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37506 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37513 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37518 \begin_inset Graphics
37519 filename ../images/cut.png
37520 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37535 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37542 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37547 \begin_inset Graphics
37548 filename ../images/copy.png
37549 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37564 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37571 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37576 \begin_inset Graphics
37577 filename ../images/paste.png
37578 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37593 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37600 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37605 \begin_inset Graphics
37606 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37607 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37608 rotateOrigin center
37617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37623 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37625 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37629 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37638 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37643 \begin_inset Graphics
37644 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37645 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37658 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37660 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37662 \begin_inset space ~
37673 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37678 \begin_inset Graphics
37679 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37680 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37693 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37695 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37697 \begin_inset space ~
37708 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37713 \begin_inset Graphics
37714 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37715 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37728 Formats text using the current settings in the
37730 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37732 \begin_inset space ~
37743 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37748 \begin_inset Graphics
37749 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37750 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37765 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37766 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37768 \begin_inset space ~
37777 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37782 \begin_inset Graphics
37783 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37784 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37785 rotateOrigin center
37794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37800 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37807 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37812 \begin_inset Graphics
37813 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37814 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37815 rotateOrigin center
37824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37830 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37837 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37842 \begin_inset Graphics
37843 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37844 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37845 rotateOrigin center
37854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37858 Toggle outline window on/off,
37860 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37867 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37872 \begin_inset Graphics
37873 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37874 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37875 rotateOrigin center
37884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37888 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37894 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37899 \begin_inset Graphics
37900 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37901 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37902 rotateOrigin center
37911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37915 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37928 \begin_layout Subsection
37933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37942 \begin_layout Standard
37943 \begin_inset Graphics
37944 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37952 \begin_layout Standard
37953 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37959 \begin_layout Standard
37960 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37964 \begin_layout Standard
37965 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37971 \begin_layout Standard
37972 \begin_inset Tabular
37973 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37974 <features islongtable="true">
37975 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37976 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37977 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37982 \begin_inset Graphics
37983 filename ../images/layout.png
37984 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37985 rotateOrigin center
37994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38004 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38009 \begin_inset Graphics
38010 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38011 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38012 rotateOrigin center
38021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38031 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38036 \begin_inset Graphics
38037 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38038 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38039 rotateOrigin center
38048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38058 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38063 \begin_inset Graphics
38064 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38065 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38066 rotateOrigin center
38075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38085 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38090 \begin_inset Graphics
38091 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38092 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38093 rotateOrigin center
38102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38112 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38117 \begin_inset Graphics
38118 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38119 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38120 rotateOrigin center
38129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38135 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38137 \begin_inset space ~
38141 \begin_inset space ~
38150 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38155 \begin_inset Graphics
38156 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38157 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38158 rotateOrigin center
38167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38173 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38175 \begin_inset space ~
38179 \begin_inset space ~
38188 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38193 \begin_inset Graphics
38194 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38195 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38210 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38211 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38218 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38223 \begin_inset Graphics
38224 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38225 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38240 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38241 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38248 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38253 \begin_inset Graphics
38254 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38255 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38270 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38277 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38282 \begin_inset Graphics
38283 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38284 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38299 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38306 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38311 \begin_inset Graphics
38312 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38313 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38328 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38335 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38340 \begin_inset Graphics
38341 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38342 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38357 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38359 \begin_inset space ~
38368 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38373 \begin_inset Graphics
38374 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38375 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38390 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38392 \begin_inset space ~
38401 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38406 \begin_inset Graphics
38407 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38408 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38423 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38430 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38435 \begin_inset Graphics
38436 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38437 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38438 rotateOrigin center
38447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38453 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38455 \begin_inset space ~
38464 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38469 \begin_inset Graphics
38470 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38471 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38487 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38489 \begin_inset space ~
38498 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38503 \begin_inset Graphics
38504 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38505 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38520 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38527 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38532 \begin_inset Graphics
38533 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38534 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38549 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38556 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38561 \begin_inset Graphics
38562 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38563 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38578 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38600 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38605 \begin_inset Graphics
38606 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38607 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38622 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38623 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38625 \begin_inset space ~
38634 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38639 \begin_inset Graphics
38640 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38641 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38642 rotateOrigin center
38651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38657 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38659 \begin_inset space ~
38668 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38673 \begin_inset Graphics
38674 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38675 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38676 rotateOrigin center
38685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38691 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38693 \begin_inset space ~
38702 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38707 \begin_inset Graphics
38708 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38709 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38710 rotateOrigin center
38719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38725 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38739 \begin_layout Subsection
38740 View / Update Toolbar
38744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38745 Toolbar ! View / Update
38753 \begin_layout Standard
38754 \begin_inset Graphics
38755 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38762 \begin_layout Standard
38763 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38769 \begin_layout Standard
38770 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38774 \begin_layout Standard
38775 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38781 \begin_layout Standard
38782 \begin_inset Tabular
38783 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38784 <features islongtable="true">
38785 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38786 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38787 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38792 \begin_inset Graphics
38793 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38794 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38795 rotateOrigin center
38804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38810 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38817 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38822 \begin_inset Graphics
38823 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38824 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38825 rotateOrigin center
38834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38840 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38841 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38848 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38853 \begin_inset Graphics
38854 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38855 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38856 rotateOrigin center
38865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38871 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38878 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38883 \begin_inset Graphics
38884 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38885 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38886 rotateOrigin center
38895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38901 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38902 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38908 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38909 functionality is merged with
38911 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38926 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38931 \begin_inset Graphics
38932 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38933 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38934 rotateOrigin center
38943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38949 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38956 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38961 \begin_inset Graphics
38962 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38963 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38964 rotateOrigin center
38973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38979 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38980 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38994 \begin_layout Subsection
38998 \begin_layout Standard
38999 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39000 \begin_inset space ~
39004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39006 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39010 , the table toolbar
39014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39020 is explained in the
39027 \begin_layout Chapter
39033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39035 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39052 \begin_layout Standard
39053 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39055 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39058 \begin_layout Section
39062 \begin_layout Subsection
39064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39075 Customization ! of toolbars
39084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39085 Customization ! of menus
39093 \begin_layout Standard
39094 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39102 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
39110 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39111 User Interface File
39115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39116 Customization ! of toolbars
39125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39126 Customization ! of menus
39134 \begin_layout Standard
39135 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39136 interface (ui) file.
39137 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39138 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39147 Both files are loaded by the
39152 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39153 files and edit the entries.
39156 \begin_layout Standard
39157 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39169 entries must be ended with an explicit
39194 and in the case of the
39195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39207 The syntax for the entries is:
39210 \begin_layout Standard
39211 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39239 \begin_layout Standard
39241 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39244 All LyX-functions are listed in
39245 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39254 \begin_layout Standard
39255 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39261 \begin_layout Standard
39262 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39264 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39267 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39271 \begin_layout Standard
39272 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39277 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39280 \begin_layout Standard
39282 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39285 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39288 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39302 \begin_layout Standard
39303 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
39304 Several binding files are available:
39307 \begin_layout Description
39308 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
39311 \begin_layout Description
39312 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
39323 \begin_layout Description
39324 mac.bind set of bindings for
39327 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39335 \begin_layout Standard
39336 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
39340 , and bind files for special languages.
39341 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
39343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39351 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
39355 \begin_layout Standard
39356 Some bind-files, like
39360 , have only a small scope.
39361 When looking at the the end of the file
39365 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
39368 \begin_layout Standard
39369 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
39370 s with a text editor.
39371 The syntax of the entries is:
39374 \begin_layout Standard
39380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39398 \begin_layout Standard
39399 All LyX-functions are listed in
39400 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39409 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39413 \begin_layout Standard
39417 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39421 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39424 restore window size, or use fixed size
39426 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
39430 \begin_layout Standard
39434 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39441 restore window position
39443 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
39446 \begin_layout Standard
39449 Restore cursor positions
39451 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39455 \begin_layout Standard
39458 Load opened files from last session
39460 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39463 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39465 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39467 name "sub:Backup documents"
39475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39484 \begin_layout Standard
39489 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39492 \begin_layout Standard
39497 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39500 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39502 \begin_inset space ~
39510 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39514 \begin_layout Standard
39517 Cursor follows scrollbar
39519 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39523 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39527 \begin_layout Standard
39530 Enable Pixmap Cache
39532 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39533 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39534 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39535 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39537 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39538 \begin_inset space ~
39544 \begin_layout Subsection
39549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39558 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39565 \begin_layout Standard
39566 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39569 \begin_layout Standard
39570 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39578 This section only deals with the fonts
39583 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39586 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39587 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39598 \begin_layout Standard
39599 By default, LyX uses
39603 as roman (serif) font,
39611 (depends on the system) as
39614 \begin_inset space ~
39630 \begin_layout Standard
39631 You can change the font size with the
39638 \begin_layout Standard
39643 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39644 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39646 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39649 points have the size of 1
39650 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39654 \begin_inset space ~
39658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39660 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39667 \begin_layout Standard
39672 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39673 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39677 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39678 \begin_inset space ~
39682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39684 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39691 \begin_layout Subsection
39696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39715 \begin_layout Standard
39716 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39717 Choose an item in the list and use the
39724 \begin_layout Subsection
39729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39730 Settings ! Graphics
39738 \begin_layout Standard
39739 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39742 \begin_layout Standard
39747 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39748 This feature is described in section
39749 \begin_inset space ~
39753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39755 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39762 \begin_layout Subsection
39767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39778 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39786 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39793 \begin_layout Standard
39794 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39795 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39797 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39801 \begin_inset space ~
39804 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39805 can use the keyboard map file named
39812 \begin_layout Standard
39813 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39821 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39829 \begin_layout Section
39834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39845 Settings ! Directory
39853 \begin_layout Description
39855 \begin_inset space ~
39858 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39859 It is the default when you
39870 \begin_inset space ~
39878 \begin_layout Description
39880 \begin_inset space ~
39883 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39885 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39887 \begin_inset space ~
39891 \begin_inset space ~
39899 \begin_layout Description
39901 \begin_inset space ~
39908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39914 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39915 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39916 \begin_inset space ~
39920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39922 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39930 will be used to save the backups.
39931 \begin_inset Newline newline
39934 The backup files have the ending
39935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39945 \begin_layout Description
39950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39957 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39958 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39959 \begin_inset Newline newline
39963 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39971 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39979 \begin_layout Description
39981 \begin_inset space ~
39984 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39987 \begin_layout Description
39989 \begin_inset space ~
39992 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39993 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39994 to find it on the system.
39995 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39996 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39998 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40002 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40005 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40006 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40010 \begin_layout Section
40014 \begin_layout Standard
40015 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40016 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40018 \begin_inset space ~
40022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40024 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40028 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40031 \begin_layout Section
40036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40037 Language ! Settings
40046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40047 Settings ! Language
40055 \begin_layout Subsection
40059 \begin_layout Description
40061 \begin_inset space ~
40064 language is the language used in new documents
40067 \begin_layout Description
40069 \begin_inset space ~
40072 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40074 The default is the LaTeX-command
40080 that loads the package
40088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40089 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40090 \begin_inset space ~
40094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40096 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40106 \begin_inset Newline newline
40113 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40114 the document language.
40115 A text label is for instance the word
40116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40123 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40126 \begin_layout Description
40128 \begin_inset space ~
40131 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40132 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40133 An example is the start command
40139 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40144 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40159 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40164 \begin_layout Description
40166 \begin_inset space ~
40174 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40175 command toggles the package on and off.
40178 \begin_layout Description
40180 \begin_inset space ~
40190 \begin_layout Description
40191 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40192 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40193 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
40194 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40201 \begin_layout Description
40203 \begin_inset space ~
40206 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40208 When this option is not set, the
40211 \begin_inset space ~
40216 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40217 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40220 \begin_inset space ~
40228 \begin_layout Description
40230 \begin_inset space ~
40236 \begin_inset space ~
40242 When it is not set, the
40245 \begin_inset space ~
40250 is set to the end of the document.
40253 \begin_layout Description
40255 \begin_inset space ~
40259 \begin_inset space ~
40262 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40263 language will be underlined blue.
40266 \begin_layout Description
40268 \begin_inset space ~
40272 \begin_inset space ~
40276 \begin_inset space ~
40280 \begin_inset space ~
40283 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40287 \begin_layout Subsection
40291 \begin_layout Standard
40292 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40293 \begin_inset space ~
40297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40299 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40306 \begin_layout Section
40310 \begin_layout Subsection
40312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40341 \begin_layout Description
40343 \begin_inset space ~
40346 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40347 The name will be used when the
40352 \begin_inset Newline newline
40356 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40364 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
40373 \begin_layout Description
40375 \begin_inset space ~
40379 \begin_inset space ~
40383 \begin_inset space ~
40386 printer This option works only for the
40391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40403 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40404 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40407 \begin_layout Description
40409 \begin_inset space ~
40412 command is the command LyX
40413 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40417 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40420 LaTeX uses for printing.
40421 The default is on most systems
40428 \begin_layout Description
40430 \begin_inset space ~
40434 \begin_inset space ~
40437 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40438 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40439 of the program that provides the
40446 \begin_layout Subsection
40451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40462 Settings ! Date format
40470 \begin_layout Standard
40471 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40472 \begin_inset Newline newline
40476 \begin_inset Flex URL
40479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40481 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40487 \begin_inset Newline newline
40490 For example the format
40491 \begin_inset Newline newline
40495 \begin_inset Newline newline
40498 prints the date as day/month/year.
40501 \begin_layout Subsection
40505 \begin_layout Description
40507 \begin_inset space ~
40511 \begin_inset space ~
40514 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40517 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40518 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40520 \begin_inset space ~
40526 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40530 \begin_layout Description
40532 \begin_inset space ~
40535 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40540 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40541 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40544 \begin_layout Subsection
40549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40559 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40568 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40576 \begin_layout Description
40581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40589 \begin_inset space ~
40592 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40597 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40619 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40632 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40633 LyX sets up in the background.
40634 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40637 \begin_layout Description
40639 \begin_inset space ~
40643 \begin_inset space ~
40646 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40651 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40654 \begin_layout Description
40656 \begin_inset space ~
40660 \begin_inset space ~
40664 \begin_inset space ~
40668 \begin_inset space ~
40672 \begin_inset space ~
40676 \begin_inset space ~
40679 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40681 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40684 dialog when changing the document class.
40687 \begin_layout Standard
40690 External Applications
40692 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40693 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40694 manuals of the applications.
40695 Currently the following commands can be set:
40698 \begin_layout Description
40703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40711 \begin_inset space ~
40714 command Command for the program
40718 that is described in section
40729 \begin_layout Description
40734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40742 \begin_inset space ~
40745 command Command for the program
40749 that generates the bibliography, see section
40750 \begin_inset space ~
40754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40756 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40763 \begin_layout Description
40765 \begin_inset space ~
40768 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40769 \begin_inset space ~
40773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40775 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40782 \begin_layout Description
40784 \begin_inset space ~
40788 \begin_inset space ~
40792 \begin_inset space ~
40796 \begin_inset space ~
40799 options They only have an effect when the program
40803 is used as DVI-viewer.
40806 \begin_layout Subsection
40811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40830 \begin_layout Standard
40835 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40838 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40840 uses the Windows path style:
40843 \begin_layout Standard
40851 \begin_layout Standard
40852 instead of the Unix path style:
40855 \begin_layout Standard
40859 \begin_layout Section
40864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40873 \begin_layout Standard
40874 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40875 from one format to another.
40876 You can modify them or create new ones.
40877 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40884 \begin_inset space ~
40894 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40898 \begin_inset space ~
40903 drop-down list, modify the
40907 field, and press the
40914 \begin_layout Standard
40917 Converter File Cache
40919 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40922 Maximum Age (in days
40925 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40926 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40929 \begin_layout Standard
40930 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40931 the converter definition, is described in section
40942 \begin_layout Section
40947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40956 name "sec:File-Formats"
40963 \begin_layout Standard
40964 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40965 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40967 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40975 \begin_inset space ~
40987 \begin_layout Standard
40988 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40989 is described in section
41000 \begin_layout Section
41005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41014 \begin_layout Standard
41015 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
41016 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41017 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41018 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41019 This is done by a Copier.
41022 \begin_layout Standard
41023 More about converters is described in section
41034 \begin_layout Chapter
41035 Units available in LyX
41039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41046 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41048 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41055 \begin_layout Standard
41056 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41059 reference "cap:Units"
41063 explains all units available in LyX.
41066 \begin_layout Standard
41067 \begin_inset Float table
41073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41074 \begin_inset Caption
41076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41077 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41092 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41100 \begin_inset Tabular
41101 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41103 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41104 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41204 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41228 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41232 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41255 scaled point (65536
41256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41260 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41284 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41288 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41316 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41320 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41344 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41348 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41371 % of original image width
41378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41560 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41564 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41585 \begin_layout Chapter
41587 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41596 \begin_layout Standard
41597 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41598 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41601 \begin_layout Itemize
41604 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41607 \begin_layout Itemize
41613 \begin_layout Itemize
41619 \begin_layout Itemize
41625 \begin_layout Itemize
41631 \begin_layout Itemize
41637 \begin_layout Itemize
41643 \begin_layout Itemize
41649 \begin_layout Itemize
41652 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41655 \begin_layout Itemize
41661 \begin_layout Itemize
41667 \begin_layout Itemize
41673 \begin_layout Itemize
41679 \begin_layout Itemize
41685 \begin_layout Itemize
41691 \begin_layout Itemize
41697 \begin_layout Itemize
41703 \begin_layout Itemize
41705 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41714 \begin_layout Standard
41715 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41718 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41725 \begin_layout Bibliography
41726 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41727 LatexCommand bibitem
41734 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41737 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41742 \begin_inset Newline newline
41746 \begin_inset Flex URL
41749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41751 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41759 \begin_layout Bibliography
41760 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41761 LatexCommand bibitem
41762 key "latexcompanion"
41766 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41768 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41771 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41774 \begin_layout Bibliography
41775 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41776 LatexCommand bibitem
41781 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41784 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41787 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41790 \begin_layout Bibliography
41791 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41792 LatexCommand bibitem
41799 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41802 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41805 \begin_layout Bibliography
41806 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41807 LatexCommand bibitem
41819 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41822 \begin_layout Bibliography
41823 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41824 LatexCommand bibitem
41830 \begin_inset Newline newline
41834 \begin_inset Flex URL
41837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41839 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41847 \begin_layout Bibliography
41848 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41849 LatexCommand bibitem
41855 \begin_inset Newline newline
41859 \begin_inset Flex URL
41862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41864 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41872 \begin_layout Bibliography
41873 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41874 LatexCommand bibitem
41880 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41882 name "Documentation"
41883 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41892 \begin_inset Newline newline
41896 \begin_inset Flex URL
41899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41901 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41909 \begin_layout Bibliography
41910 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41911 LatexCommand bibitem
41917 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41919 name "Documentation"
41920 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
41929 \begin_inset Newline newline
41933 \begin_inset Flex URL
41936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41938 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
41946 \begin_layout Bibliography
41947 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41948 LatexCommand bibitem
41954 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41956 name "Documentation"
41957 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41961 of the LaTeX-package
41969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41970 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41976 \begin_inset Newline newline
41980 \begin_inset Flex URL
41983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41985 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41993 \begin_layout Bibliography
41994 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41995 LatexCommand bibitem
42001 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42003 name "Documentation"
42004 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42008 of the LaTeX-package
42016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42017 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42023 \begin_inset Newline newline
42027 \begin_inset Flex URL
42030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42032 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42040 \begin_layout Bibliography
42041 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42042 LatexCommand bibitem
42048 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42050 name "Documentation"
42051 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42055 of the LaTeX-package
42063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42064 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
42070 \begin_inset Newline newline
42074 \begin_inset Flex URL
42077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42079 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
42087 \begin_layout Bibliography
42088 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42089 LatexCommand bibitem
42095 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42097 name "Documentation"
42098 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
42102 of the LaTeX-package
42110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42111 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
42117 \begin_inset Newline newline
42121 \begin_inset Flex URL
42124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42126 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42134 \begin_layout Bibliography
42135 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42136 LatexCommand bibitem
42142 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42144 name "Documentation"
42145 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42149 of the LaTeX-package
42157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42158 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42164 \begin_inset Newline newline
42168 \begin_inset Flex URL
42171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42173 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42181 \begin_layout Bibliography
42182 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42183 LatexCommand bibitem
42189 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42192 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42196 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42197 \begin_inset Newline newline
42201 \begin_inset Flex URL
42204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42206 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42214 \begin_layout Bibliography
42215 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42216 LatexCommand bibitem
42222 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42225 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42229 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42230 \begin_inset Newline newline
42234 \begin_inset Flex URL
42237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42239 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42247 \begin_layout Bibliography
42248 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42249 LatexCommand bibitem
42255 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42258 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
42262 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
42263 \begin_inset Newline newline
42267 \begin_inset Flex URL
42270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42272 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
42280 \begin_layout Bibliography
42281 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42282 LatexCommand bibitem
42288 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42291 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
42295 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
42296 \begin_inset Newline newline
42300 \begin_inset Flex URL
42303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42305 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
42313 \begin_layout Bibliography
42314 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42315 LatexCommand bibitem
42321 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42324 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
42328 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
42329 \begin_inset Newline newline
42333 \begin_inset Flex URL
42336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42338 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
42346 \begin_layout Bibliography
42347 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42348 LatexCommand bibitem
42354 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42357 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
42361 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
42362 \begin_inset Newline newline
42366 \begin_inset Flex URL
42369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42371 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
42379 \begin_layout Bibliography
42380 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42381 LatexCommand bibitem
42387 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42390 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
42394 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
42395 \begin_inset Newline newline
42399 \begin_inset Flex URL
42402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42404 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
42412 \begin_layout Bibliography
42413 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42414 LatexCommand bibitem
42420 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42423 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
42427 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
42428 \begin_inset Newline newline
42432 \begin_inset Flex URL
42435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42437 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
42445 \begin_layout Bibliography
42446 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42447 LatexCommand bibitem
42453 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42456 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
42460 about new features in
42465 \begin_inset Newline newline
42469 \begin_inset Flex URL
42472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42474 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
42482 \begin_layout Standard
42483 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42517 \begin_inset Note Note
42520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42527 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42528 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42529 bibliography is the second one:
42537 \begin_layout Standard
42538 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42539 LatexCommand bibtex
42540 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
42541 options "biblio/alphadin"
42548 \begin_layout Standard
42549 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42552 \begin_layout Standard
42555 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42556 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42561 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42562 LatexCommand printindex